updated for version 7.2a

2026-01-09 08:08:05 +00:00 · 2008-06-24 22:58:06 +00:00 · 2008-06-24 22:14:38 +00:00 · 2008-06-24 22:09:24 +00:00 · 2008-06-24 21:56:24 +00:00 · 2008-06-24 21:16:56 +00:00
607 changed files with 111300 additions and 47433 deletions
--- a/1
+++ b/1
@@ -193,6 +193,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/vim_icon.xbm \
 		src/vim_mask.xbm \
 		src/vimtutor \
+		src/gvimtutor \
 		src/which.sh \
 		src/workshop.c \
 		src/workshop.h \
--- a/nsis/gvim.nsi
+++ b/nsis/gvim.nsi
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 !define HAVE_NLS

 !define VER_MAJOR 7
-!define VER_MINOR 1
+!define VER_MINOR 2a

 # ----------- No configurable settings below this line -----------

@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ FunctionEnd
 Function .onInstSuccess
  WriteUninstaller vim${VER_MAJOR}${VER_MINOR}\uninstall-gui.exe
  MessageBox MB_YESNO|MB_ICONQUESTION \
-	"The installation process has been successfull. Happy Vimming! \
+	"The installation process has been successful. Happy Vimming! \
 	$\n$\n Do you want to see the README file now?" IDNO NoReadme
      Exec '$0\gvim.exe -R "$0\README.txt"'
  NoReadme:
--- a/runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2006 May 08
+" Last Change:	2007 Aug 30


 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
@@ -119,6 +119,27 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
    " TODO: join previous line if it makes sense
    let line = getline('.')
    let col = col('.')
+    if stridx(strpart(line, 0, col), ';') != -1
+      " Handle multiple declarations on the same line.
+      let col2 = col - 1
+      while line[col2] != ';'
+	let col2 -= 1
+      endwhile
+      let line = strpart(line, col2 + 1)
+      let col -= col2
+    endif
+    if stridx(strpart(line, 0, col), ',') != -1
+      " Handle multiple declarations on the same line in a function
+      " declaration.
+      let col2 = col - 1
+      while line[col2] != ','
+	let col2 -= 1
+      endwhile
+      if strpart(line, col2 + 1, col - col2 - 1) =~ ' *[^ ][^ ]*  *[^ ]'
+	let line = strpart(line, col2 + 1)
+	let col -= col2
+      endif
+    endif
    if len(items) == 1
      " Completing one word and it's a local variable: May add '[', '.' or
      " '->'.
@@ -140,7 +161,7 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
      let res = [{'match': match, 'tagline' : '', 'kind' : kind, 'info' : line}]
    else
      " Completing "var.", "var.something", etc.
-      let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:], 0, 1)
+      let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[-1], 0, 1)
    endif
  endif

--- a/runtime/autoload/getscript.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/getscript.vim
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscript.vim
 "  Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-"  Date:	May 11, 2007
-"  Version:	27
+"  Date:	May 30, 2008
+"  Version:	30
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Initialization:	{{{1
 " if you're sourcing this file, surely you can't be
-" expecting vim to be in its vi-compatible mode
+" expecting vim to be in its vi-compatible mode!
 if &cp
 echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
 finish
@@ -23,11 +23,44 @@ set cpo&vim
 if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
 finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v27"
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v30"

-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-"  Global Variables: {{{1
-" allow user to change the command for obtaining scripts (does fetch work?)
+" ---------------------------
+" Global Variables: {{{1
+" ---------------------------
+" Cygwin Detection ------- {{{2
+if !exists("g:getscript_cygwin")
+ if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+  if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
+   let g:getscript_cygwin= 1
+  else
+   let g:getscript_cygwin= 0
+  endif
+ else
+  let g:getscript_cygwin= 0
+ endif
+endif
+" shell quoting character {{{2
+if exists("g:netrw_shq") && !exists("g:getscript_shq")
+ let g:getscript_shq= g:netrw_shq
+elseif !exists("g:getscript_shq")
+ if exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
+  let g:getscript_shq= &shq
+ elseif exists("&sxq") && &sxq != ""
+  let g:getscript_shq= &sxq
+ elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+  if g:getscript_cygwin
+   let g:getscript_shq= "'"
+  else
+   let g:getscript_shq= '"'
+  endif
+ else
+  let g:getscript_shq= "'"
+ endif
+" call Decho("g:getscript_shq<".g:getscript_shq.">")
+endif
+
+" wget vs curl {{{2
 if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget")
 if executable("wget")
  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget= "wget"
@@ -93,262 +126,6 @@ com!        -nargs=0 GetLatestVimScripts call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
 com!        -nargs=0 GetScript           call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
 silent! com -nargs=0 GLVS                call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()

-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-"  GetOneScript: (Get Latest Vim Script) this function operates {{{1
-"    on the current line, interpreting two numbers and text as
-"    ScriptID, SourceID, and Filename.
-"    It downloads any scripts that have newer versions from vim.sf.net.
-fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
-"   call Dfunc("GetOneScript()")
-
- " set options to allow progress to be shown on screen
-  let t_ti= &t_ti
-  let t_te= &t_te
-  let rs  = &rs
-  set t_ti= t_te= nors
-
- " put current line on top-of-screen and interpret it into
- " a      script identifer  : used to obtain webpage
- "        source identifier : used to identify current version
- " and an associated comment: used to report on what's being considered
-  if a:0 >= 3
-   let scriptid = a:1
-   let srcid    = a:2
-   let fname    = a:3
-   let cmmnt    = ""
-"   call Decho("scriptid<".scriptid.">")
-"   call Decho("srcid   <".srcid.">")
-"   call Decho("fname   <".fname.">")
-  else
-   let curline  = getline(".")
-   if curline =~ '^\s*#'
-"    call Dret("GetOneScript : skipping a pure comment line")
-    return
-   endif
-   let parsepat = '^\s*\(\d\+\)\s\+\(\d\+\)\s\+\(.\{-}\)\(\s*#.*\)\=$'
-   try
-    let scriptid = substitute(curline,parsepat,'\1','e')
-   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
-    let scriptid= 0
-   endtry
-   try
-    let srcid    = substitute(curline,parsepat,'\2','e')
-   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
-    let srcid= 0
-   endtry
-   try
-    let fname= substitute(curline,parsepat,'\3','e')
-   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
-    let fname= ""
-   endtry
-   try
-    let cmmnt= substitute(curline,parsepat,'\4','e')
-   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
-    let cmmnt= ""
-   endtry
-"   call Decho("curline <".curline.">")
-"   call Decho("parsepat<".parsepat.">")
-"   call Decho("scriptid<".scriptid.">")
-"   call Decho("srcid   <".srcid.">")
-"   call Decho("fname   <".fname.">")
-  endif
-
-  if scriptid == 0 || srcid == 0
-   " When looking for :AutoInstall: lines, skip scripts that
-   " have  0 0 scriptname
-"   call Dret("GetOneScript : skipping a scriptid==srcid==0 line")
-   return
-  endif
-
-  let doautoinstall= 0
-  if fname =~ ":AutoInstall:"
-"   call Decho("fname<".fname."> has :AutoInstall:...")
-   let aicmmnt= substitute(fname,'\s\+:AutoInstall:\s\+',' ','')
-"   call Decho("aicmmnt<".aicmmnt."> s:autoinstall=".s:autoinstall)
-   if s:autoinstall != ""
-    let doautoinstall = g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
-   endif
-  else
-   let aicmmnt= fname
-  endif
-"  call Decho("aicmmnt<".aicmmnt.">: doautoinstall=".doautoinstall)
-
-  exe "norm z\<CR>"
-  redraw!
-"  call Decho('considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid)
-  echomsg 'considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid
-
-  " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sf.net webpage
-  let scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sf.net/script.php?script_id='.scriptid
-  let tmpfile    = tempname()
-  let v:errmsg   = ""
-
-  " make up to three tries at downloading the description
-  let itry= 1
-  while itry <= 3
-"   	call Decho("try#".itry." to download description of <".aicmmnt."> with addr=".scriptaddr)
-  	if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("win95")
-"     call Decho("silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".tmpfile.' "'.scriptaddr.'"')
-     exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".tmpfile.' "'.scriptaddr.'"'
-	else
-"     call Decho("silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".tmpfile." '".scriptaddr."'")
-     exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".tmpfile." '".scriptaddr."'"
-	endif
-	if itry == 1
-    exe "silent vsplit ".tmpfile
-	else
-	 silent! e %
-	endif
-  
-   " find the latest source-id in the plugin's webpage
-   silent! 1
-   let findpkg= search('Click on the package to download','W')
-   if findpkg > 0
-    break
-   endif
-   let itry= itry + 1
-  endwhile
-"  call Decho(" --- end downloading tries while loop --- itry=".itry)
-
-  " testing: did finding "Click on the package..." fail?
-  if findpkg == 0 || itry >= 4
-    silent q!
-    call delete(tmpfile)
-   " restore options
-    let &t_ti        = t_ti
-    let &t_te        = t_te
-    let &rs          = rs
-    let s:downerrors = s:downerrors + 1
-"    call Decho("***warning*** couldn'".'t find "Click on the package..." in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">")
-    echomsg "***warning*** couldn'".'t find "Click on the package..." in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">"
-"    call Dret("GetOneScript : srch for /Click on the package/ failed")
-    return
-  endif
-"  call Decho('found "Click on the package to download"')
-
-  let findsrcid= search('src_id=','W')
-  if findsrcid == 0
-    silent q!
-    call delete(tmpfile)
-   " restore options
-	let &t_ti        = t_ti
-	let &t_te        = t_te
-	let &rs          = rs
-	let s:downerrors = s:downerrors + 1
-"  	call Decho("***warning*** couldn'".'t find "src_id=" in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">")
-  	echomsg "***warning*** couldn'".'t find "src_id=" in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">"
-"	call Dret("GetOneScript : srch for /src_id/ failed")
-  	return
-  endif
-"  call Decho('found "src_id=" in description page')
-
-  let srcidpat   = '^\s*<td class.*src_id=\(\d\+\)">\([^<]\+\)<.*$'
-  let latestsrcid= substitute(getline("."),srcidpat,'\1','')
-  let sname      = substitute(getline("."),srcidpat,'\2','') " script name actually downloaded
-"  call Decho("srcidpat<".srcidpat."> latestsrcid<".latestsrcid."> sname<".sname.">")
-  silent q!
-  call delete(tmpfile)
-
-  " convert the strings-of-numbers into numbers
-  let srcid       = srcid       + 0
-  let latestsrcid = latestsrcid + 0
-"  call Decho("srcid=".srcid." latestsrcid=".latestsrcid." sname<".sname.">")
-
-  " has the plugin's most-recent srcid increased, which indicates
-  " that it has been updated
-  if latestsrcid > srcid
-"   call Decho("[latestsrcid=".latestsrcid."] <= [srcid=".srcid."]: need to update <".sname.">")
-
-   let s:downloads= s:downloads + 1
-   if sname == bufname("%")
-    " GetLatestVimScript has to be careful about downloading itself
-    let sname= "NEW_".sname
-   endif
-
-   " the plugin has been updated since we last obtained it, so download a new copy
-"   call Decho("...downloading new <".sname.">")
-   echomsg "...downloading new <".sname.">"
-   if has("win32") || has("gui_win32") || has("gui_win32s") || has("win16") || has("win64") || has("win32unix") || has("win95")
-"    call Decho("windows: silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".sname.' "'.'http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid.'"')
-    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".sname.' "'.'http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid.'"'
-   else
-"    call Decho("unix: silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".sname." '".'http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid."'")
-    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".sname." '".'http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid."'"
-   endif
-
-   " AutoInstall: only if doautoinstall is so indicating
-   if doautoinstall
-"     call Decho("attempting to do autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".sname.")=".filereadable(sname))
-     if filereadable(sname)
-"       call Decho("move <".sname."> to ".s:autoinstall)
-       exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".sname." ".s:autoinstall
-       let curdir= escape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
-"       call Decho("exe cd ".s:autoinstall)
-       exe "cd ".s:autoinstall
-      
-       " decompress
-       if sname =~ '\.bz2$'
-"         call Decho("decompress: attempt to bunzip2 ".sname)
-         exe "silent !bunzip2 ".sname
-         let sname= substitute(sname,'\.bz2$','','')
-"         call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after bunzip2")
-       elseif sname =~ '\.gz$'
-"         call Decho("decompress: attempt to gunzip ".sname)
-         exe "silent !gunzip ".sname
-         let sname= substitute(sname,'\.gz$','','')
-"         call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after gunzip")
-       endif
-      
-       " distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba) contents
-       if sname =~ '\.zip$'
-"         call Decho("dearchive: attempt to unzip ".sname)
-         exe "silent !unzip -o ".sname
-       elseif sname =~ '\.tar$'
-"         call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar ".sname)
-         exe "silent !tar -xvf ".sname
-       elseif sname =~ '\.vba$'
-"         call Decho("dearchive: attempt to handle a vimball: ".sname)
-         silent 1split
-         exe "silent e ".sname
-         silent so %
-         silent q
-       endif
-      
-       if sname =~ '.vim$'
-"         call Decho("dearchive: attempt to simply move ".sname." to plugin")
-         exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".sname." plugin"
-       endif
-      
-       " helptags step
-       let docdir= substitute(&rtp,',.*','','e')."/doc"
-"       call Decho("helptags: docdir<".docdir.">")
-       exe "helptags ".docdir
-       exe "cd ".curdir
-     endif
-     if fname !~ ':AutoInstall:'
-      let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." :AutoInstall: ".fname.cmmnt
-     else
-      let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." ".fname.cmmnt
-     endif
-   else
-     let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." ".fname.cmmnt
-   endif
-
-   " update the data in the <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file
-   call setline(line("."),modline)
-"   call Decho("update data in ".expand("%")."#".line(".").": modline<".modline.">")
-"  else " Decho
-"   call Decho("[latestsrcid=".latestsrcid."] <= [srcid=".srcid."], no need to update")
-  endif
-
- " restore options
-  let &t_ti= t_ti
-  let &t_te= t_te
-  let &rs  = rs
-
-"  call Dret("GetOneScript")
-endfun
-
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " GetLatestVimScripts: this function gets the latest versions of {{{1
 "                      scripts based on the list in
@@ -409,9 +186,11 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
  " record current directory, change to datadir, open split window with
  " datafile
  let origdir= getcwd()
-  exe "cd ".escape(substitute(datadir,'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+"  call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(substitute(datadir,'\','/','ge')))
+  exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(datadir,'\','/','ge'))
  split
-  exe "e ".escape(substitute(datafile,'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+"  call Decho("exe e ".fnameescape(substitute(datafile,'\','/','ge')))
+  exe "e ".fnameescape(substitute(datafile,'\','/','ge'))
  res 1000
  let s:downloads = 0
  let s:downerrors= 0
@@ -421,36 +200,41 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
 "  call Decho("searching plugins for GetLatestVimScripts dependencies")
  let lastline    = line("$")
 "  call Decho("lastline#".lastline)
-  let plugins     = split(globpath(&rtp,"plugin/*.vim"))
+  let plugins     = split(globpath(&rtp,"plugin/*.vim"),'\n')
  let foundscript = 0
  let firstdir= ""

  for plugin in plugins
+"   call Decho("plugin<".plugin.">")

   " don't process plugins in system directories
   if firstdir == ""
    let firstdir= substitute(plugin,'[/\\][^/\\]\+$','','')
-"    call Decho("firstdir<".firstdir.">")
+"    call Decho("setting firstdir<".firstdir.">")
   else
    let curdir= substitute(plugin,'[/\\][^/\\]\+$','','')
 "    call Decho("curdir<".curdir.">")
    if curdir != firstdir
+"     call Decho("skipping subsequent plugins: curdir<".curdir."> != firstdir<".firstdir.">")
     break
    endif
   endif

   " read plugin in
+   " evidently a :r creates a new buffer (the "#" buffer) that is subsequently unused -- bwiping it
   $
 "   call Decho(" ")
 "   call Decho(".dependency checking<".plugin."> line$=".line("$"))
-   exe "silent r ".plugin
+"   call Decho("exe silent r ".fnameescape(plugin))
+   exe "silent r ".fnameescape(plugin)
+   exe "silent bwipe ".bufnr("#")

   while search('^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+','W') != 0
    let newscript= substitute(getline("."),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+\s\+\(.*\)$','\1','e')
    let llp1     = lastline+1
 "    call Decho("..newscript<".newscript.">")

-    " don't process ""GetLatestVimScripts lines
+    " don't process ""GetLatestVimScripts lines -- those that have been doubly-commented out
    if newscript !~ '^"'
     " found a "GetLatestVimScripts: # #" line in the script; check if its already in the datafile
     let curline     = line(".")
@@ -485,14 +269,15 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
  endfor
 "  call Decho("--- end dependency checking loop ---  foundscript=".foundscript)
 "  call Decho(" ")
+"  call Dredir("BUFFER TEST (GetLatestVimScripts 1)","ls!")

  if foundscript == 0
-   set nomod
+   setlocal nomod
  endif

  " Check on out-of-date scripts using GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
 "  call Decho("begin: checking out-of-date scripts using datafile<".datafile.">")
-  set lz
+  setlocal lz
  1
 "  /^-----/,$g/^\s*\d/call Decho(getline("."))
  1
@@ -529,14 +314,302 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
  q

  " restore events and current directory
-  exe "cd ".escape(substitute(origdir,'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+  exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(origdir,'\','/','ge'))
  let &ei= eikeep
-  set nolz
+  setlocal nolz
+"  call Dredir("BUFFER TEST (GetLatestVimScripts 2)","ls!")
 "  call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : did ".s:downloads." downloads")
 endfun
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------

+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+"  GetOneScript: (Get Latest Vim Script) this function operates {{{1
+"    on the current line, interpreting two numbers and text as
+"    ScriptID, SourceID, and Filename.
+"    It downloads any scripts that have newer versions from vim.sf.net.
+fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
+"   call Dfunc("GetOneScript()")
+
+ " set options to allow progress to be shown on screen
+  let rega= @a
+  let t_ti= &t_ti
+  let t_te= &t_te
+  let rs  = &rs
+  set t_ti= t_te= nors
+
+ " put current line on top-of-screen and interpret it into
+ " a      script identifer  : used to obtain webpage
+ "        source identifier : used to identify current version
+ " and an associated comment: used to report on what's being considered
+  if a:0 >= 3
+   let scriptid = a:1
+   let srcid    = a:2
+   let fname    = a:3
+   let cmmnt    = ""
+"   call Decho("scriptid<".scriptid.">")
+"   call Decho("srcid   <".srcid.">")
+"   call Decho("fname   <".fname.">")
+  else
+   let curline  = getline(".")
+   if curline =~ '^\s*#'
+    let @a= rega
+"    call Dret("GetOneScript : skipping a pure comment line")
+    return
+   endif
+   let parsepat = '^\s*\(\d\+\)\s\+\(\d\+\)\s\+\(.\{-}\)\(\s*#.*\)\=$'
+   try
+    let scriptid = substitute(curline,parsepat,'\1','e')
+   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
+    let scriptid= 0
+   endtry
+   try
+    let srcid    = substitute(curline,parsepat,'\2','e')
+   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
+    let srcid= 0
+   endtry
+   try
+    let fname= substitute(curline,parsepat,'\3','e')
+   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
+    let fname= ""
+   endtry
+   try
+    let cmmnt= substitute(curline,parsepat,'\4','e')
+   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
+    let cmmnt= ""
+   endtry
+"   call Decho("curline <".curline.">")
+"   call Decho("parsepat<".parsepat.">")
+"   call Decho("scriptid<".scriptid.">")
+"   call Decho("srcid   <".srcid.">")
+"   call Decho("fname   <".fname.">")
+  endif
+
+  if scriptid == 0 || srcid == 0
+   " When looking for :AutoInstall: lines, skip scripts that have   0 0 scriptname
+   let @a= rega
+"   call Dret("GetOneScript : skipping a scriptid==srcid==0 line")
+   return
+  endif
+
+  let doautoinstall= 0
+  if fname =~ ":AutoInstall:"
+"   call Decho("case AutoInstall: fname<".fname.">")
+   let aicmmnt= substitute(fname,'\s\+:AutoInstall:\s\+',' ','')
+"   call Decho("aicmmnt<".aicmmnt."> s:autoinstall=".s:autoinstall)
+   if s:autoinstall != ""
+    let doautoinstall = g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
+   endif
+  else
+   let aicmmnt= fname
+  endif
+"  call Decho("aicmmnt<".aicmmnt.">: doautoinstall=".doautoinstall)
+
+  exe "norm z\<CR>"
+  redraw!
+"  call Decho('considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid)
+  echo 'considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid
+
+  " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sf.net webpage
+  let scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sf.net/script.php?script_id='.scriptid
+  let tmpfile    = tempname()
+  let v:errmsg   = ""
+
+  " make up to three tries at downloading the description
+  let itry= 1
+  while itry <= 3
+"   call Decho("try#".itry." to download description of <".aicmmnt."> with addr=".scriptaddr)
+   if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("win95")
+"    call Decho("new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(tmpfile).' '.s:Escape(scriptaddr)."|bw!")
+    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(tmpfile).' '.s:Escape(scriptaddr)|bw!
+   else
+"    call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(tmpfile)." ".s:Escape(scriptaddr))
+    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(tmpfile)." ".s:Escape(scriptaddr)
+   endif
+   if itry == 1
+    exe "silent vsplit ".fnameescape(tmpfile)
+   else
+    silent! e %
+   endif
+   setlocal bh=wipe
+  
+   " find the latest source-id in the plugin's webpage
+   silent! 1
+   let findpkg= search('Click on the package to download','W')
+   if findpkg > 0
+    break
+   endif
+   let itry= itry + 1
+  endwhile
+"  call Decho(" --- end downloading tries while loop --- itry=".itry)
+
+  " testing: did finding "Click on the package..." fail?
+  if findpkg == 0 || itry >= 4
+   silent q!
+   call delete(tmpfile)
+  " restore options
+   let &t_ti        = t_ti
+   let &t_te        = t_te
+   let &rs          = rs
+   let s:downerrors = s:downerrors + 1
+"   call Decho("***warning*** couldn'".'t find "Click on the package..." in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">")
+   echomsg "***warning*** couldn'".'t find "Click on the package..." in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">"
+"   call Dret("GetOneScript : srch for /Click on the package/ failed")
+   let @a= rega
+   return
+  endif
+"  call Decho('found "Click on the package to download"')
+
+  let findsrcid= search('src_id=','W')
+  if findsrcid == 0
+   silent q!
+   call delete(tmpfile)
+  " restore options
+   let &t_ti        = t_ti
+   let &t_te        = t_te
+   let &rs          = rs
+   let s:downerrors = s:downerrors + 1
+"   call Decho("***warning*** couldn'".'t find "src_id=" in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">")
+   echomsg "***warning*** couldn'".'t find "src_id=" in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">"
+   let @a= rega
+"  call Dret("GetOneScript : srch for /src_id/ failed")
+   return
+  endif
+"  call Decho('found "src_id=" in description page')
+
+  let srcidpat   = '^\s*<td class.*src_id=\(\d\+\)">\([^<]\+\)<.*$'
+  let latestsrcid= substitute(getline("."),srcidpat,'\1','')
+  let sname      = substitute(getline("."),srcidpat,'\2','') " script name actually downloaded
+"  call Decho("srcidpat<".srcidpat."> latestsrcid<".latestsrcid."> sname<".sname.">")
+  silent q!
+  call delete(tmpfile)
+
+  " convert the strings-of-numbers into numbers
+  let srcid       = srcid       + 0
+  let latestsrcid = latestsrcid + 0
+"  call Decho("srcid=".srcid." latestsrcid=".latestsrcid." sname<".sname.">")
+
+  " has the plugin's most-recent srcid increased, which indicates
+  " that it has been updated
+  if latestsrcid > srcid
+"   call Decho("[latestsrcid=".latestsrcid."] <= [srcid=".srcid."]: need to update <".sname.">")
+
+   let s:downloads= s:downloads + 1
+   if sname == bufname("%")
+    " GetLatestVimScript has to be careful about downloading itself
+    let sname= "NEW_".sname
+   endif
+
+   " the plugin has been updated since we last obtained it, so download a new copy
+"   call Decho("...downloading new <".sname.">")
+   echomsg "...downloading new <".sname.">"
+   if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("win95")
+"    call Decho("new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape('http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)."|q")
+    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape('http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)|q
+   else
+"    call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape('http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='))
+    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape('http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id=')
+   endif
+
+   " AutoInstall: only if doautoinstall has been requested by the plugin itself
+   if doautoinstall
+"    call Decho("attempting to do autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".sname.")=".filereadable(sname))
+    if filereadable(sname)
+     call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape(s:autoinstall))
+     exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape(s:autoinstall)
+     let curdir    = escape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+     let installdir= curdir."/Installed"
+     if !isdirectory(installdir)
+      call mkdir(installdir)
+     endif
+"    call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(s:autoinstall))
+     exe "cd ".fnameescape(s:autoinstall)
+     
+     " decompress
+     if sname =~ '\.bz2$'
+"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to bunzip2 ".sname)
+      exe "silent !bunzip2 ".s:Escape(sname)
+      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.bz2$','','')
+"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after bunzip2")
+     elseif sname =~ '\.gz$'
+"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to gunzip ".sname)
+      exe "silent !gunzip ".s:Escape(sname)
+      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.gz$','','')
+"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after gunzip")
+     endif
+     
+     " distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba) contents
+     if sname =~ '\.zip$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to unzip ".sname)
+      exe "silent !unzip -o ".s:Escape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.tar$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar ".sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -xvf ".s:Escape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.vba$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to handle a vimball: ".sname)
+      silent 1split
+      exe "silent e ".fnameescape(sname)
+      silent so %
+      silent q
+     endif
+     
+     if sname =~ '.vim$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to simply move ".sname." to plugin")
+      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".s:Escape(sname)." plugin"
+     else
+"      call Decho("dearchive: move <".sname."> to installdir<".installdir.">")
+      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".installdir
+     endif
+     
+     " helptags step
+     let docdir= substitute(&rtp,',.*','','e')."/doc"
+"     call Decho("helptags: docdir<".docdir.">")
+     exe "helptags ".fnameescape(docdir)
+     exe "cd ".fnameescape(curdir)
+    endif
+    if fname !~ ':AutoInstall:'
+     let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." :AutoInstall: ".fname.cmmnt
+    else
+     let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." ".fname.cmmnt
+    endif
+   else
+    let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." ".fname.cmmnt
+   endif
+
+   " update the data in the <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file
+   call setline(line("."),modline)
+"   call Decho("update data in ".expand("%")."#".line(".").": modline<".modline.">")
+"  else " Decho
+"   call Decho("[latestsrcid=".latestsrcid."] <= [srcid=".srcid."], no need to update")
+  endif
+
+ " restore options
+  let &t_ti = t_ti
+  let &t_te = t_te
+  let &rs   = rs
+  let @a    = rega
+"  call Dredir("BUFFER TEST (GetOneScript)","ls!")
+
+"  call Dret("GetOneScript")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:Escape: makes a string safe&suitable for the shell {{{2
+fun! s:Escape(name)
+"  call Dfunc("s:Escape(name<".a:name.">)")
+  if exists("*shellescape")
+   " shellescape() was added by patch 7.0.111
+   let name= shellescape(a:name)
+  else
+   let name= g:getscript_shq . a:name . g:getscript_shq
+  endif
+"  call Dret("s:Escape ".name)
+  return name
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Restore Options: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+"  Modelines: {{{1
 " vim: ts=8 sts=2 fdm=marker nowrap
--- a/runtime/autoload/gzip.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/gzip.vim
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for editing compressed files.
 " Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change: 2007 May 10
+" Last Change: 2008 May 29

 " These functions are used by the gzip plugin.

@@ -73,8 +73,15 @@ fun gzip#read(cmd)
  let empty = line("'[") == 1 && line("']") == line("$")
  let tmp = tempname()
  let tmpe = tmp . "." . expand("<afile>:e")
+  if exists('*fnameescape')
+    let tmp_esc = fnameescape(tmp)
+    let tmpe_esc = fnameescape(tmpe)
+  else
+    let tmp_esc = escape(tmp, ' ')
+    let tmpe_esc = escape(tmpe, ' ')
+  endif
  " write the just read lines to a temp file "'[,']w tmp.gz"
-  execute "silent '[,']w " . escape(tmpe, ' ')
+  execute "silent '[,']w " . tmpe_esc
  " uncompress the temp file: call system("gzip -dn tmp.gz")
  call system(a:cmd . " " . s:escape(tmpe))
  if !filereadable(tmp)
@@ -95,12 +102,12 @@ fun gzip#read(cmd)
    setlocal nobin
    if exists(":lockmarks")
      if empty
-	execute "silent lockmarks " . l . "r ++edit " . tmp
+	execute "silent lockmarks " . l . "r ++edit " . tmp_esc
      else
-	execute "silent lockmarks " . l . "r " . tmp
+	execute "silent lockmarks " . l . "r " . tmp_esc
      endif
    else
-      execute "silent " . l . "r " . tmp
+      execute "silent " . l . "r " . tmp_esc
    endif

    " if buffer became empty, delete trailing blank line
@@ -110,8 +117,8 @@ fun gzip#read(cmd)
    endif
    " delete the temp file and the used buffers
    call delete(tmp)
-    silent! exe "bwipe " . tmp
-    silent! exe "bwipe " . tmpe
+    silent! exe "bwipe " . tmp_esc
+    silent! exe "bwipe " . tmpe_esc
  endif

  " Restore saved option values.
@@ -124,10 +131,15 @@ fun gzip#read(cmd)

  " When uncompressed the whole buffer, do autocommands
  if ok && empty
-    if &verbose >= 8
-      execute "doau BufReadPost " . expand("%:r")
+    if exists('*fnameescape')
+      let fname = fnameescape(expand("%:r"))
    else
-      execute "silent! doau BufReadPost " . expand("%:r")
+      let fname = escape(expand("%:r"), " \t\n*?[{`$\\%#'\"|!<")
+    endif
+    if &verbose >= 8
+      execute "doau BufReadPost " . fname
+    else
+      execute "silent! doau BufReadPost " . fname
    endif
  endif
 endfun
--- a/runtime/autoload/netrw.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/netrw.vim
--- a/runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Mar 26, 2007
+" Date:		Mar 11, 2008
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	9
+" Version:	11
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,13 +19,13 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings  = "v9"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings  = "v11"

 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " NetrwSettings: {{{1
 fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
  " this call is here largely just to insure that netrw has been loaded
-  call netrw#NetSavePosn()
+  call netrw#NetrwSavePosn()
  if !exists("g:loaded_netrw")
   echohl WarningMsg | echomsg "***sorry*** netrw needs to be loaded prior to using NetrwSettings" | echohl None
   return
@@ -101,23 +101,36 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
  else
   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = (not defined)'
  endif
+  let cdescline= line("$")
+  put ='let g:netrw_cd_escape...'
+  put = 'let g:netrw_compress          = '.g:netrw_compress
+  let decompressline= line("$")
+  put ='let g:netrw_decompress...'
  put = 'let g:netrw_dirhistmax        = '.g:netrw_dirhistmax
  put = 'let g:netrw_fastbrowse        = '.g:netrw_fastbrowse
+  let fnameescline= line("$")
+  put = 'let g:netrw_fname_escape...'
  put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject
  put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd      = '.g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd
  put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd  = '.g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd
  put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd  = '.g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd
+  let globescline= line("$")
+  put ='let g:netrw_glob_escape...'
  put = 'let g:netrw_hide              = '.g:netrw_hide
  put = 'let g:netrw_keepdir           = '.g:netrw_keepdir
  put = 'let g:netrw_list_cmd          = '.g:netrw_list_cmd
  put = 'let g:netrw_list_hide         = '.g:netrw_list_hide
-  put = 'let g:netrw_local_mkdir       = '.g:netrw_local_mkdir
-  put = 'let g:netrw_local_rmdir       = '.g:netrw_local_rmdir
  put = 'let g:netrw_liststyle         = '.g:netrw_liststyle
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmd      = '.g:netrw_localcopycmd
+  put = 'let g:netrw_local_mkdir       = '.g:netrw_local_mkdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmd      = '.g:netrw_localmovecmd
+  put = 'let g:netrw_local_rmdir       = '.g:netrw_local_rmdir
  put = 'let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen    = '.g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
  put = 'let g:netrw_menu              = '.g:netrw_menu
  put = 'let g:netrw_mkdir_cmd         = '.g:netrw_mkdir_cmd
+  put = 'let g:netrw_preview           = '.g:netrw_preview
  put = 'let g:netrw_rename_cmd        = '.g:netrw_rename_cmd
+  put = 'let g:netrw_retmap            = '.g:netrw_retmap
  put = 'let g:netrw_rm_cmd            = '.g:netrw_rm_cmd
  put = 'let g:netrw_rmdir_cmd         = '.g:netrw_rmdir_cmd
  put = 'let g:netrw_rmf_cmd           = '.g:netrw_rmf_cmd
@@ -125,11 +138,15 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
  put = 'let g:netrw_sort_by           = '.g:netrw_sort_by
  put = 'let g:netrw_sort_direction    = '.g:netrw_sort_direction
  put = 'let g:netrw_sort_sequence     = '.g:netrw_sort_sequence
+  put = 'let g:netrw_special_syntax    = '.g:netrw_special_syntax
  put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject
  put = 'let g:netrw_scpport           = '.g:netrw_scpport
  put = 'let g:netrw_sshport           = '.g:netrw_sshport
  put = 'let g:netrw_timefmt           = '.g:netrw_timefmt
+  let tmpfileescline= line("$")
+  put ='let g:netrw_tmpfile_escape...'
  put = 'let g:netrw_use_noswf         = '.g:netrw_use_noswf
+  put = 'let g:netrw_xstrlen           = '.g:netrw_xstrlen
  put = 'let g:netrw_winsize           = '.g:netrw_winsize

  put =''
@@ -142,13 +159,18 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
  silent %s/= $/= ''/e
  1

-  " Put in shq setting.
+  " Put in g:netrw_shq setting and g:netrw_cd_escape
  " (deferred so as to avoid the quote manipulation just preceding)
  if g:netrw_shq == "'"
-   call setline(shqline,'let g:netrw_shq               = "'.g:netrw_shq.'"')
+   call setline(shqline,      'let g:netrw_shq               = "'.g:netrw_shq.'"')
  else
-   call setline(shqline,"let g:netrw_shq               = '".g:netrw_shq."'")
+   call setline(shqline,      "let g:netrw_shq               = '".g:netrw_shq."'")
  endif
+  call setline(cdescline,     "let g:netrw_cd_escape         = ".'"'.escape(g:netrw_cd_escape,'\"').'"')
+  call setline(decompressline,"let g:netrw_decompress        = ".substitute(string(g:netrw_decompress),"^'\\(.*\\)'$",'\1',''))
+  call setline(fnameescline,  "let g:netrw_fname_escape      = '".escape(g:netrw_fname_escape,"'")."'")
+  call setline(globescline,   "let g:netrw_glob_escape       = '".escape(g:netrw_glob_escape,"'")."'")
+  call setline(tmpfileescline,"let g:netrw_tmpfile_escape    = '".escape(g:netrw_tmpfile_escape,"'")."'")

  set nomod

--- a/runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ if !exists("g:rubycomplete_classes_in_global")
 endif

 if !exists("g:rubycomplete_buffer_loading")
-    let g:rubycomplete_classes_in_global = 0
+    let g:rubycomplete_buffer_loading = 0
 endif

 if !exists("g:rubycomplete_include_object")
--- a/runtime/autoload/spellfile.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/spellfile.vim
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim script to download a missing spell file
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2007 May 08
+" Last Change:	2008 May 29

 if !exists('g:spellfile_URL')
  let g:spellfile_URL = 'ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/runtime/spell'
@@ -106,7 +106,12 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
    endfor
    let dirchoice = confirm(msg, dirchoices) - 2
    if dirchoice >= 0
-      exe "write " . escape(dirlist[dirchoice], ' ') . '/' . fname
+      if exists('*fnameescape')
+	let dirname = fnameescape(dirlist[dirchoice])
+      else
+	let dirname = escape(dirlist[dirchoice], ' ')
+      endif
+      exe "write " . dirname . '/' . fname

      " Also download the .sug file, if the user wants to.
      let msg = "Do you want me to try getting the .sug file?\n"
@@ -119,7 +124,7 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
 	call spellfile#Nread(fname)
 	if getline(2) =~ 'VIMsug'
 	  1d
-	  exe "write " . escape(dirlist[dirchoice], ' ') . '/' . fname
+	  exe "write " . dirname . '/' . fname
 	  set nomod
 	else
 	  echo 'Sorry, downloading failed'
--- a/runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim OMNI completion script for SQL
 " Language:    SQL
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <fishburn@ianywhere.com>
-" Version:     5.0
-" Last Change: Mon Jun 05 2006 3:30:04 PM
+" Version:     6.0
+" Last Change: Thu 03 Apr 2008 10:37:54 PM Eastern Daylight Time
 " Usage:       For detailed help
 "              ":help sql.txt" 
 "              or ":help ft-sql-omni" 
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
            let begindot = 1
        endif
        while start > 0
-            if line[start - 1] =~ '\w'
+            if line[start - 1] =~ '\(\w\|\s\+\)'
                let start -= 1
            elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\.' && 
                        \ compl_type =~ 'column\|table\|view\|procedure'
@@ -178,11 +178,10 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)

        " Allow the user to override the dbext plugin to specify whether
        " the owner/creator should be included in the list
-        let saved_dbext_show_owner      = 1
-        if exists('g:dbext_default_dict_show_owner')
-            let saved_dbext_show_owner  = g:dbext_default_dict_show_owner
+        if g:loaded_dbext >= 300
+            let saveSetting = DB_listOption('dict_show_owner')
+            exec 'DBSetOption dict_show_owner='.(g:omni_sql_include_owner==1?'1':'0')
        endif
-        let g:dbext_default_dict_show_owner = g:omni_sql_include_owner

        let compl_type_uc = substitute(compl_type, '\w\+', '\u&', '')
        if s:sql_file_{compl_type} == ""
@@ -192,18 +191,12 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
        if s:sql_file_{compl_type} != ""
            if filereadable(s:sql_file_{compl_type})
                let compl_list = readfile(s:sql_file_{compl_type})
-                " let dic_list = readfile(s:sql_file_{compl_type})
-                " if !empty(dic_list)
-                "     for elem in dic_list
-                "         let kind = (compl_type=='table'?'m':(compl_type=='procedure'?'f':'v'))
-                "         let item = {'word':elem, 'menu':elem, 'kind':kind, 'info':compl_type}
-                "         let compl_list += [item]
-                "     endfor
-                " endif
            endif
        endif

-        let g:dbext_default_dict_show_owner = saved_dbext_show_owner
+        if g:loaded_dbext > 300
+            exec 'DBSetOption dict_show_owner='.saveSetting
+        endif
    elseif compl_type =~? 'column'

        " This type of completion relies upon the dbext.vim plugin
@@ -450,8 +443,8 @@ function! s:SQLCCheck4dbext()
        " Leave time for the user to read the error message
        :sleep 2
        return -1
-    elseif g:loaded_dbext < 300
-        let msg = "The dbext plugin must be at least version 3.00 " .
+    elseif g:loaded_dbext < 600
+        let msg = "The dbext plugin must be at least version 5.30 " .
                    \ " for dynamic SQL completion"
        call s:SQLCErrorMsg(msg)
        " Leave time for the user to read the error message
@@ -514,34 +507,42 @@ endfunction
 function! s:SQLCGetObjectOwner(object) 
    " The owner regex matches a word at the start of the string which is
    " followed by a dot, but doesn't include the dot in the result.
-    " ^    - from beginning of line
-    " "\?  - ignore any quotes
-    " \zs  - start the match now
-    " \w\+ - get owner name
-    " \ze  - end the match
-    " "\?  - ignore any quotes
-    " \.   - must by followed by a .
-    let owner = matchstr( a:object, '^"\?\zs\w\+\ze"\?\.' )
+    " ^           - from beginning of line
+    " \("\|\[\)\? - ignore any quotes
+    " \zs         - start the match now
+    " .\{-}       - get owner name
+    " \ze         - end the match
+    " \("\|\[\)\? - ignore any quotes
+    " \.          - must by followed by a .
+    " let owner = matchstr( a:object, '^\s*\zs.*\ze\.' )
+    let owner = matchstr( a:object, '^\("\|\[\)\?\zs\.\{-}\ze\("\|\]\)\?\.' )
    return owner
 endfunction 

 function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
    " Check if the table name was provided as part of the column name
-    let table_name   = matchstr(a:table_name, '^[a-zA-Z0-9_]\+\ze\.\?')
+    let table_name   = matchstr(a:table_name, '^["\[\]a-zA-Z0-9_ ]\+\ze\.\?')
    let table_cols   = []
    let table_alias  = ''
    let move_to_top  = 1

+    let table_name   = substitute(table_name, '\s*\(.\{-}\)\s*$', '\1', 'g')
+
+    " If the table name was given as:
+    "     where c.
+    let table_name   = substitute(table_name, '^\c\(WHERE\|AND\|OR\)\s\+', '', '')
    if g:loaded_dbext >= 300
        let saveSettingAlias = DB_listOption('use_tbl_alias')
        exec 'DBSetOption use_tbl_alias=n'
    endif

+    let table_name_stripped = substitute(table_name, '["\[\]]*', '', 'g')
+
    " Check if we have already cached the column list for this table
    " by its name
-    let list_idx = index(s:tbl_name, table_name, 0, &ignorecase)
+    let list_idx = index(s:tbl_name, table_name_stripped, 0, &ignorecase)
    if list_idx > -1
-        let table_cols = split(s:tbl_cols[list_idx])
+        let table_cols = split(s:tbl_cols[list_idx], '\n')
    else
        " Check if we have already cached the column list for this table 
        " by its alias, assuming the table_name provided was actually
@@ -549,11 +550,11 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
        "     select *
        "       from area a
        "      where a.
-        let list_idx = index(s:tbl_alias, table_name, 0, &ignorecase)
+        let list_idx = index(s:tbl_alias, table_name_stripped, 0, &ignorecase)
        if list_idx > -1
-            let table_alias = table_name
+            let table_alias = table_name_stripped
            let table_name  = s:tbl_name[list_idx]
-            let table_cols  = split(s:tbl_cols[list_idx])
+            let table_cols  = split(s:tbl_cols[list_idx], '\n')
        endif
    endif

@@ -609,8 +610,8 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
             " '.*'  - Exclude the rest of the line in the match
             let table_name_new = matchstr(@y, 
                         \ 'from.\{-}'.
-                         \ '\zs\(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?'.
-                         \ '\<\w\+\>\ze'.
+                         \ '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\.\)\?'.
+                         \ '\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\ze'.
                         \ '\s\+\%(as\s\+\)\?\<'.
                         \ matchstr(table_name, '.\{-}\ze\.\?$').
                         \ '\>'.
@@ -618,6 +619,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
                         \ '\(\<where\>\|$\)'.
                         \ '.*'
                         \ )
+
             if table_name_new != ''
                 let table_alias = table_name
                 let table_name  = table_name_new
@@ -668,7 +670,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
            let s:tbl_name  = add( s:tbl_name,  table_name )
            let s:tbl_alias = add( s:tbl_alias, table_alias )
            let s:tbl_cols  = add( s:tbl_cols,  table_cols_str )
-            let table_cols  = split(table_cols_str)
+            let table_cols  = split(table_cols_str, '\n')
        endif

    endif
--- a/runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
-" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <fishburn@ianywhere.com>
-" Version:     3.0
-" Last Change: Wed Nov 08 2006 10:46:46 AM
+" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn.vim@gmail.com>
+" Version:     4.0
+" Last Change: Fri 26 Oct 2007 05:27:03 PM Eastern Daylight Time
 " Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni" 

 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
    finish 
 endif
-let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 30
+let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 40

 " Set ignorecase to the ftplugin standard
 " This is the default setting, but if you define a buffer local
@@ -353,9 +353,11 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
        else
            let accept_chars = ','.&iskeyword.','
            " Remove all character ranges
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', ',', 'g')
+            " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', ',', 'g')
+            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', '', 'g')
            " Remove all numeric specifications
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\d\{-},', ',', 'g')
+            " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\d\{-},', ',', 'g')
+            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=\d\{-},', '', 'g')
            " Remove all commas
            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',', '', 'g')
            " Escape special regex characters
--- a/runtime/autoload/tar.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/tar.vim
@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Sep 29, 2006
-" Version:		11
+" Date:			Jun 12, 2008
+" Version:		16
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
-"               tarPlugin.vim is provided *as is* and comes with no warranty
-"               of any kind, either expressed or implied. By using this
-"               plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
-"               holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use
-"               of this software.
+"               tar.vim and tarPlugin.vim are provided *as is* and comes
+"               with no warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied.
+"               By using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the
+"               copyright holder be liable for any damages resulting from
+"               the use of this software.

 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Load Once: {{{1
@@ -24,8 +24,11 @@ set cpo&vim
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar") || v:version < 700
 finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v11"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v16"
 "call Decho("loading autoload/tar.vim")
+if v:version < 701 || (v:version == 701 && !has("patch299"))
+ echoerr "(autoload/tar.vim) need vim v7.1 with patchlevel 299"
+endif

 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Default Settings: {{{1
@@ -41,14 +44,35 @@ endif
 if !exists("g:tar_writeoptions")
 let g:tar_writeoptions= "uf"
 endif
-if !exists("g:tar_shq")
- if has("unix")
-  let g:tar_shq= "'"
+
+if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
+ if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+  if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
+   let g:netrw_cygwin= 1
+  else
+   let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
+  endif
 else
-  let g:tar_shq= '"'
+  let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
 endif
 endif

+" set up shell quoting character
+if !exists("g:tar_shq")
+ if exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
+  let g:tar_shq= &shq
+ elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+  if exists("g:netrw_cygwin") && g:netrw_cygwin
+   let g:tar_shq= "'"
+  else
+   let g:tar_shq= '"'
+  endif
+ else
+  let g:tar_shq= "'"
+ endif
+" call Decho("g:tar_shq<".g:tar_shq.">")
+endif
+
 " ----------------
 "  Functions: {{{1
 " ----------------
@@ -95,27 +119,32 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)

  " give header
 "  call Decho("printing header")
-  exe "$put ='".'\"'." tar.vim version ".g:loaded_tar."'"
-  exe "$put ='".'\"'." Browsing tarfile ".a:tarfile."'"
-  exe "$put ='".'\"'." Select a file with cursor and press ENTER"."'"
+  let lastline= line("$")
+  call setline(lastline+1,'" tar.vim version '.g:loaded_tar)
+  call setline(lastline+2,'" Browsing tarfile '.a:tarfile)
+  call setline(lastline+3,'" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER')
+  $put =''
  0d
  $

  let tarfile= a:tarfile
  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
   " assuming cygwin
-   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".tarfile),'\n$','','e')
+   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".s:Escape(tarfile)),'\n$','','e')
  endif
  let curlast= line("$")
  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
-"   call Decho("exe silent r! gzip -d -c ".g:tar_shq.tarfile.g:tar_shq."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c ".g:tar_shq.tarfile.g:tar_shq."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+"   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c ".s:Escape(tarfile)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
+   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp'
+"   call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".s:Escape(tarfile)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
+   exe "silent r! cat -- ".s:Escape(tarfile)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
-"   call Decho("exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".g:tar_shq.tarfile.g:tar_shq."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".g:tar_shq.tarfile.g:tar_shq."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+"   call Decho("3: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".s:Escape(tarfile)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
+   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
  else
-"   call Decho("exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".g:tar_shq.tarfile.g:tar_shq)
-   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".g:tar_shq.tarfile.g:tar_shq
+"   call Decho("4: exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile))
+   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile)
  endif
  if v:shell_error != 0
   redraw!
@@ -166,13 +195,15 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
  let curfile= expand("%")
  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
   " assuming cygwin
-   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".tarfile),'\n$','','e')
+   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".s:Escape(tarfile)),'\n$','','e')
  endif

  new
-  wincmd _
+  if !exists("g:tar_nomax") || g:tar_nomax == 0
+   wincmd _
+  endif
  let s:tblfile_{winnr()}= curfile
-  call tar#Read("tarfile:".tarfile.':'.fname,1)
+  call tar#Read("tarfile:".tarfile.'::'.fname,1)
  filetype detect

  let &report= repkeep
@@ -185,27 +216,50 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
 "  call Dfunc("tar#Read(fname<".a:fname.">,mode=".a:mode.")")
  let repkeep= &report
  set report=10
-  let tarfile = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\):.*$','\1','')
-  let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:.\{-}:\(.*\)$','\1','')
+  let tarfile = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
+  let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
   " assuming cygwin
-   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".tarfile),'\n$','','e')
+   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".s:Escape(tarfile)),'\n$','','e')
  endif
 "  call Decho("tarfile<".tarfile.">")
 "  call Decho("fname<".fname.">")

-  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
-"   call Decho("exe silent r! gzip -d -c ".g:tar_shq.tarfile.g:tar_shq."| ".g:tar_cmd." -OPxf - '".fname."'")
-   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c ".g:tar_shq.tarfile.g:tar_shq."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - '".fname."'"
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
-"   call Decho("exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".g:tar_shq.tarfile.g:tar_shq."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - '".fname."'")
-   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".g:tar_shq.tarfile.g:tar_shq."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - '".fname."'"
+  if      fname =~ '\.gz$'  && executable("zcat")
+   let decmp= "|zcat"
+   let doro = 1
+  elseif  fname =~ '\.bz2$' && executable("bzcat")
+   let decmp= "|bzcat"
+   let doro = 1
  else
-"   call Decho("exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." ".g:tar_shq.tarfile.g:tar_shq." ".g:tar_shq.fname.g:tar_shq)
-   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." ".g:tar_shq.tarfile.g:tar_shq." ".g:tar_shq.fname.g:tar_shq
+   let decmp=""
+   let doro = 0
+   if fname =~ '\.gz$\|\.bz2$\|\.Z$\|\.zip$'
+    setlocal bin
+   endif
  endif
+
+  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
+"   call Decho("5: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile)."| ".g:tar_cmd.' -'.g:tar_readoptions.' - '.s:Escape(fname))
+   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".s:Escape(fname).decmp
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp$'
+"   call Decho("6: exe silent r! cat ".s:Escape(tarfile)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".s:Escape(fname).decmp)
+   exe "silent r! cat -- ".s:Escape(tarfile)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".s:Escape(fname).decmp
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
+"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".s:Escape(tarfile)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".s:Escape(fname).decmp)
+   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".s:Escape(fname).decmp
+  else
+"   call Decho("8: exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." -- ".s:Escape(tarfile)." ".s:Escape(fname))
+   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile)." -- ".s:Escape(fname).decmp
+  endif
+
+  if doro
+   " because the reverse process of compressing changed files back into the tarball is not currently supported
+   setlocal ro
+  endif
+
  let w:tarfile= a:fname
-  exe "file tarfile:".fname
+  exe "file tarfile::".fname

  " cleanup
  0d
@@ -251,7 +305,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)

  " attempt to change to the indicated directory
  try
-   exe "cd ".escape(tmpdir,' \')
+   exe "cd ".fnameescape(tmpdir)
  catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E344/
   redraw!
   echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) cannot cd to temporary directory" | Echohl None
@@ -270,24 +324,26 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
  cd _ZIPVIM_
 "  call Decho("current directory now: ".getcwd())

-  let tarfile = substitute(w:tarfile,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\):.*$','\1','')
-  let fname   = substitute(w:tarfile,'tarfile:.\{-}:\(.*\)$','\1','')
+  let tarfile = substitute(w:tarfile,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
+  let fname   = substitute(w:tarfile,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')

  " handle compressed archives
  if tarfile =~# '\.gz'
-   call system("gzip -d ".tarfile)
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".tarfile)
   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.gz','','e')
-   let compress= "gzip '".tarfile."'"
+   let compress= "gzip ".s:Escape(tarfile)
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.tgz'
-   call system("gzip -d ".tarfile)
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".s:Escape(tarfile))
   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.tgz','.tar','e')
-   let compress= "gzip '".tarfile."'"
+   let compress= "gzip -- ".s:Escape(tarfile)
   let tgz     = 1
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2'
-   call system("bzip2 -d ".tarfile)
+   call system("bzip2 -d -- ".s:Escape(tarfile))
   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.bz2','','e')
-   let compress= "bzip2 '".tarfile."'"
+   let compress= "bzip2 -- ".s:Escape(tarfile)
  endif
+"  call Decho("tarfile<".tarfile.">")
+"  call Decho("compress<".compress.">")

  if v:shell_error != 0
   redraw!
@@ -309,26 +365,26 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   endif
 "   call Decho("tarfile<".tarfile."> fname<".fname.">")
 
-   exe "w! ".fname
+   exe "w! ".fnameescape(fname)
   if executable("cygpath")
-    let tarfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".tarfile),'\n','','e')
+    let tarfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(tarfile)),'\n','','e')
   endif
 
   " delete old file from tarfile
-"   call Decho("tar --delete -f '".tarfile."' '".fname."'")
-   call system("tar --delete -f '".tarfile."' '".fname."'")
+"   call Decho("system(tar --delete -f ".s:Escape(tarfile)." -- ".s:Escape(fname).")")
+   call system("tar --delete -f ".s:Escape(tarfile)." -- ".s:Escape(fname))
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".tarfile." with ".fname | echohl None
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
 "    call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
   else
 
    " update tarfile with new file 
-"    call Decho("tar -".g:tar_writeoptions." '".tarfile."' '".fname."'")
-    call system("tar -".g:tar_writeoptions." '".tarfile."' '".fname."'")
+"    call Decho("tar -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile)." -- ".s:Escape(fname))
+    call system("tar -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile)." -- ".s:Escape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
     redraw!
-     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".tarfile." with ".fname | echohl None
+     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
 "     call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    elseif exists("compress")
 "     call Decho("call system(".compress.")")
@@ -372,19 +428,31 @@ endfun
 fun! s:Rmdir(fname)
 "  call Dfunc("Rmdir(fname<".a:fname.">)")
  if has("unix")
-   call system("/bin/rm -rf ".a:fname)
+   call system("/bin/rm -rf -- ".s:Escape(a:fname))
  elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
   if &shell =~? "sh$"
-    call system("/bin/rm -rf ".a:fname)
+    call system("/bin/rm -rf -- ".s:Escape(a:fname))
   else
-    call system("del /S ".a:fname)
+    call system("del /S ".s:Escape(a:fname))
   endif
  endif
 "  call Dret("Rmdir")
 endfun

-" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:Escape: {{{2
+fun s:Escape(name)
+  " shellescape() was added by patch 7.0.111
+  if exists("*shellescape")
+   let qnameq= shellescape(a:name)
+  else
+   let qnameq= g:tar_shq . a:name . g:tar_shq
+  endif
+  return qnameq
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Modelines And Restoration: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
-"  vim:ts=8 fdm=marker
+" vim:ts=8 fdm=marker
--- a/runtime/autoload/vimball.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/vimball.vim
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " vimball.vim : construct a file containing both paths and files
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		May 07, 2007
-" Version:	22
+" Date:		Jun 05, 2008
+" Version:	27
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
-" Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Copyright: (c) 2004-2008 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 "            The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 "            (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
 "            No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -15,8 +15,9 @@ if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball") || v:version < 700
 finish
 endif
 let s:keepcpo        = &cpo
-let g:loaded_vimball = "v22"
+let g:loaded_vimball = "v27"
 set cpo&vim
+"DechoTabOn

 " =====================================================================
 " Constants: {{{1
@@ -24,6 +25,57 @@ if !exists("s:USAGE")
 let s:USAGE   = 0
 let s:WARNING = 1
 let s:ERROR   = 2
+
+ " determine if cygwin is in use or not
+ if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
+  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+   if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
+    let g:netrw_cygwin= 1
+   else
+    let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
+   endif
+  else
+   let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
+  endif
+ endif
+
+ " set up g:vimball_mkdir if the mkdir() call isn't defined
+ if !exists("*mkdir")
+  if exists("g:netrw_local_mkdir")
+   let g:vimball_mkdir= g:netrw_local_mkdir
+  elseif executable("mkdir")
+   let g:vimball_mkdir= "mkdir"
+  elseif executable("makedir")
+   let g:vimball_mkdir= "makedir"
+  endif
+  if !exists(g:vimball_mkdir)
+   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball) g:vimball_mkdir undefined")
+  endif
+ endif
+
+ " set up shell quoting character
+ if exists("g:vimball_shq") && !exists("g:netrw_shq")
+  let g:netrw_shq= g:vimball_shq
+ endif
+ if !exists("g:netrw_shq")
+  if exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
+   let g:netrw_shq= &shq
+  elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+   if g:netrw_cygwin
+    let g:netrw_shq= "'"
+   else
+    let g:netrw_shq= '"'
+   endif
+  else
+   let g:netrw_shq= "'"
+  endif
+" call Decho("g:netrw_shq<".g:netrw_shq.">")
+ endif
+
+ " set up escape string (used to protect paths)
+ if !exists("g:vimball_path_escape")
+  let g:vimball_path_escape= ' ;#%'
+ endif
 endif

 " =====================================================================
@@ -31,7 +83,12 @@ endif

 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " vimball#MkVimball: creates a vimball given a list of paths to files {{{2
-" Vimball Format:
+" Input:
+"     line1,line2: a range of lines containing paths to files to be included in the vimball
+"     writelevel : if true, force a write to filename.vba, even if it exists
+"                  (usually accomplished with :MkVimball! ...
+"     filename   : base name of file to be created (ie. filename.vba)
+" Output: a filename.vba using vimball format:
 "     path
 "     filesize
 "     [file]
@@ -40,7 +97,7 @@ endif
 "     [file]
 fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
 "  call Dfunc("MkVimball(line1=".a:line1." line2=".a:line2." writelevel=".a:writelevel." vimballname<".a:1.">) a:0=".a:0)
-  if a:1 =~ '.vim' || a:1 =~ '.txt'
+  if a:1 =~ '\.vim$' || a:1 =~ '\.txt$'
   let vbname= substitute(a:1,'\.\a\{3}$','.vba','')
  else
   let vbname= a:1
@@ -61,7 +118,7 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
  endif

  " user option bypass
-  call s:SaveSettings()
+  call vimball#SaveSettings()

  if a:0 >= 2
   " allow user to specify where to get the files
@@ -87,7 +144,7 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
   if !filereadable(svfile)
    call vimball#ShowMesg(s:ERROR,"unable to read file<".svfile.">")
 	call s:ChgDir(curdir)
-	call s:RestoreSettings()
+	call vimball#RestoreSettings()
 "    call Dret("MkVimball")
    return
   endif
@@ -113,8 +170,8 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range

   " write the file from the tab
   let svfilepath= s:Path(svfile,'')
-"   call Decho("exe $r ".svfilepath)
-   exe "$r ".svfilepath
+"   call Decho("exe $r ".fnameescape(svfilepath))
+   exe "$r ".fnameescape(svfilepath)

   call setline(lastline+1,line("$") - lastline - 1)
 "   call Decho("lastline=".lastline." line$=".line("$"))
@@ -127,14 +184,15 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
  " write the vimball
  exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
  call s:ChgDir(curdir)
+  setlocal ff=unix
  if a:writelevel
   let vbnamepath= s:Path(vbname,'')
-"   call Decho("exe w! ".vbnamepath)
-   exe "w! ".vbnamepath
+"   call Decho("exe w! ".fnameescape(vbnamepath))
+   exe "w! ".fnameescape(vbnamepath)
  else
   let vbnamepath= s:Path(vbname,'')
-"   call Decho("exe w ".vbnamepath)
-   exe "w ".vbnamepath
+"   call Decho("exe w ".fnameescape(vbnamepath))
+   exe "w ".fnameescape(vbnamepath)
  endif
 "  call Decho("Vimball<".vbname."> created")
  echo "Vimball<".vbname."> created"
@@ -145,16 +203,24 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
  exe "tabc ".vbtabnr

  " restore options
-  call s:RestoreSettings()
+  call vimball#RestoreSettings()

 "  call Dret("MkVimball")
 endfun

 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " vimball#Vimball: extract and distribute contents from a vimball {{{2
+"                  (invoked the the UseVimball command embedded in 
+"                  vimballs' prologue)
 fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 "  call Dfunc("vimball#Vimball(really=".a:really.") a:0=".a:0)

+  if v:version < 701 || (v:version == 701 && !has("patch299"))
+   echoerr "This version of vimball requires vim 7.1 with patch 299"
+"   call Dret("vimball#Vimball : needs 7.1 with patch 299")
+   return
+  endif
+
  if getline(1) !~ '^" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.$'
   echoerr "(Vimball) The current file does not appear to be a Vimball!"
 "   call Dret("vimball#Vimball")
@@ -162,8 +228,9 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
  endif

  " set up standard settings
-  call s:SaveSettings()
-  let curtabnr = tabpagenr()
+  call vimball#SaveSettings()
+  let curtabnr    = tabpagenr()
+  let vimballfile = expand("%:tr")

  " set up vimball tab
 "  call Decho("setting up vimball tab")
@@ -186,16 +253,18 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 "  call Decho("curdir<".curdir.">")

  call s:ChgDir(home)
-  call vimball#RmVimball()
+  let s:ok_unablefind= 1
+  call vimball#RmVimball(vimballfile)
+  unlet s:ok_unablefind

  let linenr  = 4
  let filecnt = 0

  " give title to listing of (extracted) files from Vimball Archive
  if a:really
-   echohl Title | echomsg "Vimball Archive" | echohl None
-  else
-   echohl Title | echomsg "Vimball Archive Listing" | echohl None
+   echohl Title     | echomsg "Vimball Archive"         | echohl None
+  else             
+   echohl Title     | echomsg "Vimball Archive Listing" | echohl None
   echohl Statement | echomsg "files would be placed under: ".home | echohl None
  endif

@@ -206,7 +275,7 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
  while 1 < linenr && linenr < line("$")
   let fname   = substitute(getline(linenr),'\t\[\[\[1$','','')
   let fname   = substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
-   let fsize   = getline(linenr+1)
+   let fsize   = getline(linenr+1)+0
   let filecnt = filecnt + 1
 "   call Decho("fname<".fname."> fsize=".fsize." filecnt=".filecnt)

@@ -219,10 +288,10 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 "   call Decho("using L#".(linenr+1).": fsize=".fsize)

   " Allow AsNeeded/ directory to take place of plugin/ directory
-   " when AsNeeded/filename is filereadable
+   " when AsNeeded/filename is filereadable or was present in VimballRecord
   if fname =~ '\<plugin/'
   	let anfname= substitute(fname,'\<plugin/','AsNeeded/','')
-	if filereadable(anfname)
+	if filereadable(anfname) || (exists("s:VBRstring") && s:VBRstring =~ anfname)
 "	 call Decho("using anfname<".anfname."> instead of <".fname.">")
 	 let fname= anfname
 	endif
@@ -240,7 +309,11 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 "	 call Decho("dirname<".dirname.">")
     if !isdirectory(dirname)
 "      call Decho("making <".dirname.">")
-      call mkdir(dirname)
+      if exists("g:vimball_mkdir")
+	   call system(g:vimball_mkdir." ".s:Escape(dirname))
+      else
+       call mkdir(dirname)
+      endif
 	  call s:RecordInVar(home,"rmdir('".dirname."')")
     endif
    endwhile
@@ -257,6 +330,7 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   " copy "a" buffer into tab
 "   call Decho('copy "a buffer into tab#'.vbtabnr)
   exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+   setlocal ma
   silent! %d
   silent put a
   1
@@ -265,10 +339,10 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   " write tab to file
   if a:really
    let fnamepath= s:Path(home."/".fname,'')
-"    call Decho("exe w! ".fnamepath)
-    exe "silent w! ".fnamepath
+"    call Decho("exe w! ".fnameescape(fnamepath))
+	exe "silent w! ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
    echo "wrote ".fnamepath
-	call s:RecordInVar(home,"call delete('".fnamepath."')")
+	call s:RecordInVar(home,"call delete('".fnameescape(fnamepath)."')")
   endif

   " return to tab with vimball
@@ -277,21 +351,20 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)

   " set up help if its a doc/*.txt file
 "   call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp."> fname<".fname.">")
-   if a:really && didhelp == "" && fname =~ 'doc/[^/]\+\.txt$'
-   	let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.txt$','\1','')
+   if a:really && didhelp == "" && fname =~ 'doc/[^/]\+\.\(txt\|..x\)$'
+   	let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.\(txt\|..x\)$','\1','')
 "	call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp.">")
   endif

   " update for next file
-"   let oldlinenr = linenr " Decho
-   let linenr    = linenr + fsize
-"   call Decho("update linenr= [linenr=".oldlinenr."] + [fsize=".fsize."] = ".linenr)
+"   call Decho("update linenr= [linenr=".linenr."] + [fsize=".fsize."] = ".(linenr+fsize))
+   let linenr= linenr + fsize
  endwhile

  " set up help
 "  call Decho("about to set up help: didhelp<".didhelp.">")
  if didhelp != ""
-   let htpath= escape(substitute(s:Path(home."/".didhelp,'"'),'"','','g'),' ')
+   let htpath= s:Path(home."/".didhelp,"")
 "   call Decho("exe helptags ".htpath)
   exe "helptags ".htpath
   echo "did helptags"
@@ -311,7 +384,7 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
  setlocal nomod bh=wipe
  exe "tabn ".curtabnr
  exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
-  call s:RestoreSettings()
+  call vimball#RestoreSettings()
  call s:ChgDir(curdir)

 "  call Dret("vimball#Vimball")
@@ -329,12 +402,10 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
 "   call Dret("vimball#RmVimball : (g:vimball_norecord)")
   return
  endif
-  let eikeep= &ei
-  set ei=all
-"  call Decho("turned off all events")

  if a:0 == 0
-   let curfile= '^'.expand("%:tr")
+   let curfile= expand("%:tr")
+"   call Decho("case a:0=0: curfile<".curfile."> (used expand(%:tr))")
  else
   if a:1 =~ '[\/]'
    call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"RmVimball vimballname [path]")
@@ -342,11 +413,10 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
    return
   endif
   let curfile= a:1
+"   call Decho("case a:0=".a:0.": curfile<".curfile.">")
  endif
-  if curfile !~ '.vba$'
-   let curfile= curfile.".vba: "
-  else
-   let curfile= curfile.": "
+  if curfile =~ '\.vba$'
+   let curfile= substitute(curfile,'\.vba','','')
  endif
  if a:0 >= 2
   let home= expand(a:2)
@@ -365,13 +435,34 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
   keepalt keepjumps 1split 
   silent! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
   let keepsrch= @/
-   if search(curfile,'cw')
-   	let exestring= substitute(getline("."),curfile,'','')
+"   call Decho("search for ^".curfile.".vba:")
+"   call Decho("search for ^".curfile."[-0-9.]*.vba:")
+   if search('^'.curfile.": ".'cw')
+	let foundit= 1
+   elseif search('^'.curfile.".vba: ",'cw')
+	let foundit= 1
+   elseif search('^'.curfile.'[-0-9.]*.vba: ','cw')
+	let foundit= 1
+   else
+    let foundit = 0
+   endif
+   if foundit
+	let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^'.curfile.'\S\{-}\.vba: ','','')
+    let s:VBRstring= substitute(exestring,'call delete(','','g')
+    let s:VBRstring= substitute(s:VBRstring,"[')]",'','g')
 "	call Decho("exe ".exestring)
 	silent! keepalt keepjumps exe exestring
 	silent! keepalt keepjumps d
+	let exestring= strlen(substitute(exestring,'call delete(.\{-})|\=',"D","g"))
+"	call Decho("exestring<".exestring.">")
+	echomsg "removed ".exestring." files"
   else
-"   	call Decho("unable to find <".curfile."> in .VimballRecord")
+    let s:VBRstring= ''
+	let curfile    = substitute(curfile,'\.vba','','')
+"    call Decho("unable to find <".curfile."> in .VimballRecord")
+	if !exists("s:ok_unablefind")
+     call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(RmVimball) unable to find <".curfile."> in .VimballRecord")
+	endif
   endif
   silent! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
   silent! keepalt keepjumps wq!
@@ -379,10 +470,6 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
  endif
  call s:ChgDir(curdir)

-  " restoring events
-"  call Decho("restoring events")
-  let &ei= eikeep
-
 "  call Dret("vimball#RmVimball")
 endfun

@@ -393,21 +480,56 @@ fun! vimball#Decompress(fname)

  " decompression:
  if     expand("%") =~ '.*\.gz'  && executable("gunzip")
-   exe "!gunzip ".a:fname
+   " handle *.gz with gunzip
+   silent exe "!gunzip ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) gunzip may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
+   endif
   let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.gz$','','')
   exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+
+  elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.gz' && executable("gzip")
+   " handle *.gz with gzip -d
+   silent exe "!gzip -d ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,'(vimball#Decompress) "gzip -d" may have failed with <'.a:fname.">")
+   endif
+   let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.gz$','','')
+   exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
+   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+
  elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.bz2' && executable("bunzip2")
-   exe "!bunzip2 ".a:fname
+   " handle *.bz2 with bunzip2
+   silent exe "!bunzip2 ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) bunzip2 may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
+   endif
   let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.bz2$','','')
   exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+
+  elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.bz2' && executable("bzip2")
+   " handle *.bz2 with bzip2 -d
+   silent exe "!bzip2 -d ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,'(vimball#Decompress) "bzip2 -d" may have failed with <'.a:fname.">")
+   endif
+   let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.bz2$','','')
+   exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
+   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+
  elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.zip' && executable("unzip")
-   exe "!unzip ".a:fname
+   " handle *.zip with unzip
+   silent exe "!unzip ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) unzip may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
+   endif
   let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.zip$','','')
   exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
  endif
+
  set noma bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker

 "  call Dret("Decompress")
@@ -443,34 +565,35 @@ fun! vimball#ShowMesg(level,msg)

 "  call Dret("vimball#ShowMesg")
 endfun
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-let &cpo= s:keepcpo
-unlet s:keepcpo
 " =====================================================================
 " s:ChgDir: change directory (in spite of Windoze) {{{2
 fun! s:ChgDir(newdir)
 "  call Dfunc("ChgDir(newdir<".a:newdir.">)")
  if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
-    exe 'silent cd '.escape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'),' ')
+   exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
  else
-   exe 'silent cd '.escape(a:newdir,' ')
+   exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
  endif
-"  call Dret("ChgDir")
+"  call Dret("ChgDir : curdir<".getcwd().">")
 endfun

 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:Path: prepend and append quotes, do escaping, as necessary {{{2
+" s:Path: prepend and append quotes and do escaping {{{2
 fun! s:Path(cmd,quote)
-"  call Dfunc("Path(cmd<".a:cmd."> quote<".a:quote.">)")
+"  call Dfunc("Path(cmd<".a:cmd."> quote<".a:quote.">) vimball_path_escape<".g:vimball_path_escape.">")
  if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
-   let cmdpath= a:quote.substitute(a:cmd,'/','\\','g').a:quote
+"   let cmdpath= a:quote.substitute(a:cmd,'/','\\','g').a:quote
+   let cmdpath= a:quote.substitute(a:cmd,'\\','/','g').a:quote
+"   call Decho("cmdpath<".cmdpath."> (win32 mod)")
  else
   let cmdpath= a:quote.a:cmd.a:quote
+"   call Decho("cmdpath<".cmdpath."> (not-win32 mod)")
  endif
-  if a:quote == ""
+  if a:quote == "" && g:vimball_path_escape !~ ' '
   let cmdpath= escape(cmdpath,' ')
+"   call Decho("cmdpath<".cmdpath."> (empty quote case)")
  endif
+  let cmdpath= escape(cmdpath,g:vimball_path_escape)
 "  call Dret("Path <".cmdpath.">")
  return cmdpath
 endfun
@@ -485,23 +608,20 @@ fun! s:RecordInVar(home,cmd)
 "   else
 "    let s:recorddir= s:recorddir."|".substitute(a:cmd,'^rmdir',"call s:Rmdir",'')
 "   endif
-"   call Decho("recorddir=".s:recorddir)
  elseif !exists("s:recordfile")
   let s:recordfile= a:cmd
-"   call Decho("recordfile=".s:recordfile)
  else
   let s:recordfile= s:recordfile."|".a:cmd
-"   call Decho("recordfile=".s:recordfile)
  endif
-"  call Dret("RecordInVar")
+"  call Dret("RecordInVar : s:recordfile<".(exists("s:recordfile")? s:recordfile : "")."> s:recorddir<".(exists("s:recorddir")? s:recorddir : "").">")
 endfun

 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:RecordInFile: {{{2
 fun! s:RecordInFile(home)
-"  call Dfunc("RecordInFile()")
+"  call Dfunc("s:RecordInFile()")
  if exists("g:vimball_norecord")
-"   call Dret("RecordInFile : (g:vimball_norecord)")
+"   call Dret("s:RecordInFile : g:vimball_norecord")
   return
  endif

@@ -509,8 +629,12 @@ fun! s:RecordInFile(home)
   let curdir= getcwd()
   call s:ChgDir(a:home)
   keepalt keepjumps 1split 
+
   let cmd= expand("%:tr").": "
+"   call Decho("cmd<".cmd.">")
+
   silent! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
+   setlocal ma
   $
   if exists("s:recordfile") && exists("s:recorddir")
   	let cmd= cmd.s:recordfile."|".s:recorddir
@@ -519,34 +643,32 @@ fun! s:RecordInFile(home)
   elseif exists("s:recordfile")
   	let cmd= cmd.s:recordfile
   else
-"    call Dret("RecordInFile")
+"    call Dret("s:RecordInFile : neither recordfile nor recorddir exist")
 	return
   endif
+"   call Decho("cmd<".cmd.">")
+
+   " put command into buffer, write .VimballRecord `file
   keepalt keepjumps put=cmd
   silent! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
   silent! keepalt keepjumps wq!
   call s:ChgDir(curdir)
-   if exists("s:recorddir") |unlet s:recorddir |endif
-   if exists("s:recordfile")|unlet s:recordfile|endif
+
+   if exists("s:recorddir")
+"	call Decho("unlet s:recorddir<".s:recorddir.">")
+   	unlet s:recorddir
+   endif
+   if exists("s:recordfile")
+"	call Decho("unlet s:recordfile<".s:recordfile.">")
+   	unlet s:recordfile
+   endif
  else
 "   call Decho("s:record[file|dir] doesn't exist")
  endif

-"  call Dret("RecordInFile")
+"  call Dret("s:RecordInFile")
 endfun

-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:Rmdir: {{{2
-"fun! s:Rmdir(dirname)
-""  call Dfunc("s:Rmdir(dirname<".a:dirname.">)")
-"  if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")) && &shell !~? 'sh$'
-"    call system("del ".a:dirname)
-"  else
-"   call system("rmdir ".a:dirname)
-"  endif
-""  call Dret("s:Rmdir")
-"endfun
-
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:VimballHome: determine/get home directory path (usually from rtp) {{{2
 fun! s:VimballHome()
@@ -557,6 +679,11 @@ fun! s:VimballHome()
   " go to vim plugin home
   for home in split(&rtp,',') + ['']
    if isdirectory(home) && filewritable(home) | break | endif
+	let basehome= substitute(home,'[/\\]\.vim$','','')
+    if isdirectory(basehome) && filewritable(basehome)
+	 let home= basehome."/.vim"
+	 break
+	endif
   endfor
   if home == ""
    " just pick the first directory
@@ -566,13 +693,25 @@ fun! s:VimballHome()
    let home= substitute(home,'/','\\','g')
   endif
  endif
+  " insure that the home directory exists
+"  call Decho("picked home<".home.">")
+  if !isdirectory(home)
+   if exists("g:vimball_mkdir")
+"	call Decho("home<".home."> isn't a directory -- making it now with g:vimball_mkdir<".g:vimball_mkdir.">")
+"    call Decho("system(".g:vimball_mkdir." ".s:Escape(home).")")
+    call system(g:vimball_mkdir." ".s:Escape(home))
+   else
+"	call Decho("home<".home."> isn't a directory -- making it now with mkdir()")
+    call mkdir(home)
+   endif
+  endif
 "  call Dret("VimballHome <".home.">")
  return home
 endfun

 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:SaveSettings: {{{2
-fun! s:SaveSettings()
+" vimball#SaveSettings: {{{2
+fun! vimball#SaveSettings()
 "  call Dfunc("SaveSettings()")
  let s:makeep  = getpos("'a")
  let s:regakeep= @a
@@ -587,17 +726,20 @@ fun! s:SaveSettings()
  let s:pmkeep  = &pm
  let s:repkeep = &report
  let s:vekeep  = &ve
+  let s:ffkeep  = &ff
  if exists("&acd")
-   set ei=all ve=all noacd nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm=
+   setlocal ei=all ve=all noacd nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix
  else
-   set ei=all ve=all nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm=
+   setlocal ei=all ve=all       nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix
  endif
+  " vimballs should be in unix format
+  setlocal ff=unix
 "  call Dret("SaveSettings")
 endfun

 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:RestoreSettings: {{{2
-fun! s:RestoreSettings()
+" vimball#RestoreSettings: {{{2
+fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
 "  call Dfunc("RestoreSettings()")
  let @a      = s:regakeep
  if exists("&acd")
@@ -611,20 +753,34 @@ fun! s:RestoreSettings()
  let &report = s:repkeep
  let &ve     = s:vekeep
  let &ei     = s:eikeep
+  let &ff     = s:ffkeep
  if s:makeep[0] != 0
   " restore mark a
 "   call Decho("restore mark-a: makeep=".string(makeep))
   call setpos("'a",s:makeep)
  endif
  if exists("&acd")
-   unlet s:regakeep s:acdkeep s:eikeep s:fenkeep s:hidkeep s:ickeep s:repkeep s:vekeep s:makeep s:lzkeep s:pmkeep
-  else
-   unlet s:regakeep s:eikeep s:fenkeep s:hidkeep s:ickeep s:repkeep s:vekeep s:makeep s:lzkeep s:pmkeep
+   unlet s:acdkeep
  endif
-  set bt=nofile noma
+  unlet s:regakeep s:eikeep s:fenkeep s:hidkeep s:ickeep s:repkeep s:vekeep s:makeep s:lzkeep s:pmkeep s:ffkeep
 "  call Dret("RestoreSettings")
 endfun

+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:Escape: {{{2
+fun s:Escape(name)
+  " shellescape() was added by patch 7.0.111
+  if exists("*shellescape")
+    return shellescape(a:name)
+  endif
+  return g:netrw_shq . a:name . g:netrw_shq
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+"  Restore:
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Modelines: {{{1
 " vim: fdm=marker
--- a/runtime/autoload/xml/html32.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xml/html32.vim
@@ -381,4 +381,3 @@ let g:xmldata_html32 = {
 \ 'param': ['/>', ''],
 \ }
 \ }
-" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix
--- a/runtime/autoload/xml/html401f.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xml/html401f.vim
@@ -466,4 +466,3 @@ let g:xmldata_html401t = {
 \ 'param': ['/>', ''],
 \ }
 \ }
-" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix
--- a/runtime/autoload/xml/html401s.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xml/html401s.vim
@@ -408,4 +408,3 @@ let g:xmldata_html401s = {
 \ 'param': ['/>', ''],
 \ }
 \ }
-" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix
--- a/runtime/autoload/xml/html401t.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xml/html401t.vim
@@ -458,4 +458,3 @@ let g:xmldata_html401t = {
 \ 'param': ['/>', ''],
 \ }
 \ }
-" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix
--- a/runtime/autoload/xml/html40f.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xml/html40f.vim
@@ -466,4 +466,3 @@ let g:xmldata_html40t = {
 \ 'param': ['/>', ''],
 \ }
 \ }
-" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix
--- a/runtime/autoload/xml/html40s.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xml/html40s.vim
@@ -408,4 +408,3 @@ let g:xmldata_html40s = {
 \ 'param': ['/>', ''],
 \ }
 \ }
-" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix
--- a/runtime/autoload/xml/html40t.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xml/html40t.vim
@@ -458,4 +458,3 @@ let g:xmldata_html40t = {
 \ 'param': ['/>', ''],
 \ }
 \ }
-" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix
--- a/runtime/autoload/xml/xhtml10f.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xml/xhtml10f.vim
@@ -467,4 +467,3 @@ let g:xmldata_xhtml10f = {
 \ 'param': ['/>', ''],
 \ }
 \ }
-" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix
--- a/runtime/autoload/xml/xhtml10s.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xml/xhtml10s.vim
@@ -408,4 +408,3 @@ let g:xmldata_xhtml10s = {
 \ 'param': ['/>', ''],
 \ }
 \ }
-" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix
--- a/runtime/autoload/xml/xhtml10t.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xml/xhtml10t.vim
@@ -458,4 +458,3 @@ let g:xmldata_xhtml10t = {
 \ 'param': ['/>', ''],
 \ }
 \ }
-" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix
--- a/runtime/autoload/xml/xhtml11.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xml/xhtml11.vim
@@ -432,4 +432,3 @@ let g:xmldata_xhtml11 = {
 \ 'param': ['/>', ''],
 \ }
 \ }
-" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix
--- a/runtime/autoload/xmlcomplete.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xmlcomplete.vim
@@ -1,10 +1,12 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	XML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2006 Jul 18
-" Version: 1.8
+" Last Change:	2006 Aug 15
+" Version: 1.9
 "
 " Changelog:
+" 1.9 - 2007 Aug 15
+" 		- fix closing of namespaced tags (Johannes Weiss)
 " 1.8 - 2006 Jul 18
 "       - allow for closing of xml tags even when data file isn't available

@@ -413,12 +415,12 @@ function! xmlcomplete#GetLastOpenTag(unaryTagsStack)

 	if exists("b:xml_namespace")
 		if b:xml_namespace == 'DEFAULT'
-			let tagpat='</\=\(\k\|[.-]\)\+\|/>'
+			let tagpat='</\=\(\k\|[.:-]\)\+\|/>'
 		else
 			let tagpat='</\='.b:xml_namespace.':\(\k\|[.-]\)\+\|/>'
 		endif
 	else
-		let tagpat='</\=\(\k\|[.-]\)\+\|/>'
+		let tagpat='</\=\(\k\|[.:-]\)\+\|/>'
 	endif
 	while (linenum>0)
 		let line=getline(linenum)
--- a/runtime/autoload/zip.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/zip.vim
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		May 08, 2007
-" Version:	14
+" Date:		Jun 12, 2008
+" Version:	18
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
-"               zipPlugin.vim is provided *as is* and comes with no warranty
-"               of any kind, either expressed or implied. By using this
-"               plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+"               zip.vim and zipPlugin.vim are provided *as is* and comes with
+"               no warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. By using
+"               this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
 "               holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use
 "               of this software.

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip") || v:version < 700
 finish
 endif

-let g:loaded_zip     = "v14"
+let g:loaded_zip     = "v18"
 let s:zipfile_escape = ' ?&;\'
 let s:ERROR          = 2
 let s:WARNING        = 1
@@ -31,7 +31,9 @@ let s:NOTE           = 0
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Global Values: {{{1
 if !exists("g:zip_shq")
- if has("unix")
+ if &shq != ""
+  let g:zip_shq= &shq
+ elseif has("unix")
  let g:zip_shq= "'"
 else
  let g:zip_shq= '"'
@@ -160,7 +162,9 @@ fun! s:ZipBrowseSelect()
 "  call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")

  new
-  wincmd _
+  if !exists("g:zip_nomax") || g:zip_nomax == 0
+   wincmd _
+  endif
  let s:zipfile_{winnr()}= curfile
 "  call Decho("exe e zipfile:".escape(zipfile,s:zipfile_escape).'::'.escape(fname,s:zipfile_escape))
  exe "e zipfile:".escape(zipfile,s:zipfile_escape).'::'.escape(fname,s:zipfile_escape)
@@ -319,8 +323,13 @@ endfun
 " QuoteFileDir: {{{2
 fun! s:QuoteFileDir(fname)
 "  call Dfunc("QuoteFileDir(fname<".a:fname.">)")
-"  call Dret("QuoteFileDir")
-  return g:zip_shq.a:fname.g:zip_shq
+  if has("*shellescape")
+   let qnameq= shellescape(a:fname)
+  else
+   let qnameq= g:zip_shq.escape(a:fname,g:zip_shq).g:zip_shq
+  endif
+"  call Dret("QuoteFileDir <".qnameq.">")
+  return qnameq
 endfun

 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
--- a/runtime/colors/README.txt
+++ b/runtime/colors/README.txt
@@ -50,6 +50,9 @@ If you think you have a color scheme that is good enough to be used by others,
 please check the following items:

 - Does it work in a color terminal as well as in the GUI?
+- Is "g:colors_name" set to a meaningful value?  In case of doubt you can do
+  it this way:
+  	let g:colors_name = expand('<sfile>:t:r')
 - Is 'background' either used or appropriately set to "light" or "dark"?
 - Try setting 'hlsearch' and searching for a pattern, is the match easy to
  spot?
--- a/runtime/colors/slate.vim
+++ b/runtime/colors/slate.vim
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ if version > 580
 syntax reset
 endif
 endif
+let colors_name = "slate"
 :hi Normal guifg=White guibg=grey15
 :hi Cursor guibg=khaki guifg=slategrey
 :hi VertSplit guibg=#c2bfa5 guifg=grey40 gui=none cterm=reverse
--- a/runtime/compiler/eruby.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/eruby.vim
@@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

-" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 ff=unix:
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2:
--- a/runtime/compiler/gcc.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/gcc.vim
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ let current_compiler = "gcc"
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C

-setlocal errorformat=
+CompilerSet errorformat=
      \%*[^\"]\"%f\"%*\\D%l:\ %m,
      \\"%f\"%*\\D%l:\ %m,
      \%-G%f:%l:\ %trror:\ (Each\ undeclared\ identifier\ is\ reported\ only\ once,
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ setlocal errorformat=
      \%DMaking\ %*\\a\ in\ %f

 if exists('g:compiler_gcc_ignore_unmatched_lines')
-  let &errorformat .= ',%-G%.%#'
+  CompilerSet errorformat+=%-G%.%#
 endif

 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
--- a/runtime/compiler/perl.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/perl.vim
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:     Perl syntax checks (perl -Wc)
 " Maintainer:   Christian J. Robinson <infynity@onewest.net>
-" Last Change:  2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:  2006 Aug 13

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -15,12 +15,20 @@ endif
 let s:savecpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim

-if getline(1) =~# '-[^ ]*T'
-	CompilerSet makeprg=perl\ -WTc\ %
+if exists('g:perl_compiler_force_warnings') && g:perl_compiler_force_warnings == 0
+	let s:warnopt = 'w'
 else
-	CompilerSet makeprg=perl\ -Wc\ %
+	let s:warnopt = 'W'
 endif

+if getline(1) =~# '-[^ ]*T'
+	let s:taintopt = 'T'
+else
+	let s:taintopt = ''
+endif
+
+exe 'CompilerSet makeprg=perl\ -' . s:warnopt . s:taintopt . 'c\ %'
+
 CompilerSet errorformat=
 	\%-G%.%#had\ compilation\ errors.,
 	\%-G%.%#syntax\ OK,
--- a/runtime/compiler/ruby.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/ruby.vim
@@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

-" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 ff=unix:
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8:
--- a/runtime/compiler/rubyunit.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/rubyunit.vim
@@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=\%W\ %\\+%\\d%\\+)\ Failure:,
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

-" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 ff=unix:
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8:
--- a/runtime/doc/Makefile
+++ b/runtime/doc/Makefile
@@ -14,13 +14,12 @@ VIMEXE = vim
 include ../../src/auto/config.mk

 DOCS = \
-	ada.txt \
 	arabic.txt \
 	autocmd.txt \
 	change.txt \
 	cmdline.txt \
-	debugger.txt \
 	debug.txt \
+	debugger.txt \
 	develop.txt \
 	diff.txt \
 	digraph.txt \
@@ -29,6 +28,8 @@ DOCS = \
 	farsi.txt \
 	filetype.txt \
 	fold.txt \
+	ft_ada.txt \
+	ft_sql.txt \
 	gui.txt \
 	gui_w16.txt \
 	gui_w32.txt \
@@ -50,10 +51,10 @@ DOCS = \
 	insert.txt \
 	intro.txt \
 	map.txt \
-	message.txt \
-	motion.txt \
 	mbyte.txt \
+	message.txt \
 	mlang.txt \
+	motion.txt \
 	netbeans.txt \
 	options.txt \
 	os_390.txt \
@@ -89,10 +90,9 @@ DOCS = \
 	russian.txt \
 	scroll.txt \
 	sign.txt \
+	spell.txt \
 	sponsor.txt \
 	starting.txt \
-	spell.txt \
-	sql.txt \
 	syntax.txt \
 	tabpage.txt \
 	tagsrch.txt \
@@ -145,7 +145,6 @@ DOCS = \
 	workshop.txt

 HTMLS = \
-	ada.html \
 	arabic.html \
 	autocmd.html \
 	change.html \
@@ -160,6 +159,8 @@ HTMLS = \
 	farsi.html \
 	filetype.html \
 	fold.html \
+	ft_ada.html \
+	ft_sql.html \
 	gui.html \
 	gui_w16.html \
 	gui_w32.html \
@@ -177,14 +178,13 @@ HTMLS = \
 	if_tcl.html \
 	indent.html \
 	index.html \
-	vimindex.html \
 	insert.html \
 	intro.html \
 	map.html \
-	message.html \
-	motion.html \
 	mbyte.html \
+	message.html \
 	mlang.html \
+	motion.html \
 	netbeans.html \
 	options.html \
 	os_390.html \
@@ -220,10 +220,9 @@ HTMLS = \
 	russian.html \
 	scroll.html \
 	sign.html \
+	spell.html \
 	sponsor.html \
 	starting.html \
-	spell.html \
-	sql.html \
 	syntax.html \
 	tabpage.html \
 	tags.html \
@@ -272,6 +271,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	version6.html \
 	version7.html \
 	vi_diff.html \
+	vimindex.html \
 	visual.html \
 	windows.html \
 	workshop.html
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ CONVERTED = \
 	evim-ru.UTF-8.1 \
 	vimdiff-ru.UTF-8.1 \
 	vimtutor-ru.UTF-8.1 \
-	xxd-ru.UTF-8.1 \
+	xxd-ru.UTF-8.1

 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .c .o .txt .html
--- a/runtime/doc/arabic.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/arabic.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Nadim Shaikli
--- a/runtime/doc/autocmd.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/autocmd.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 Mar 27
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 24


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ local to the script and use mappings local to the script.  When the event is
 triggered and the command executed, it will run in the context of the script
 it was defined in.  This matters if |<SID>| is used in a command.

-When executing the commands, the messages from one command overwrites a
+When executing the commands, the message from one command overwrites a
 previous message.  This is different from when executing the commands
 manually.  Mostly the screen will not scroll up, thus there is no hit-enter
 prompt.  When one command outputs two messages this can happen anyway.
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ BufDelete			Before deleting a buffer from the buffer list.
 				list is renamed.
 				NOTE: When this autocommand is executed, the
 				current buffer "%" may be different from the
-				buffer being deleted "<afile>".
+				buffer being deleted "<afile>" and "<abuf>".
 							*BufEnter*
 BufEnter			After entering a buffer.  Useful for setting
 				options for a file type.  Also executed when
@@ -400,10 +400,15 @@ BufUnload			Before unloading a buffer.  This is when the
 							*BufWinEnter*
 BufWinEnter			After a buffer is displayed in a window.  This
 				can be when the buffer is loaded (after
-				processing the modelines), when a hidden
+				processing the modelines) or when a hidden
 				buffer is displayed in a window (and is no
-				longer hidden) or a buffer already visible in
-				a window is also displayed in another window.
+				longer hidden).
+				Does not happen for |:split| without
+				arguments, since you keep editing the same
+				buffer, or ":split" with a file that's already
+				open in a window.  But it does happen for
+				a ":split" with the name of the current
+				buffer, since it reloads that buffer.
 							*BufWinLeave*
 BufWinLeave			Before a buffer is removed from a window.
 				Not when it's still visible in another window.
@@ -677,7 +682,7 @@ QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 							*QuickFixCmdPost*
 QuickFixCmdPost			Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
 				command is run, before jumping to the first
-				location.
+				location.  See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
 							*RemoteReply*
 RemoteReply			When a reply from a Vim that functions as
 				server was received |server2client()|.  The
@@ -848,7 +853,7 @@ This autocommand will for example be executed for "/tmp/doc/xx.txt" and


 The file name that the pattern is matched against is after expanding
-wildcards.  Thus is you issue this command: >
+wildcards.  Thus if you issue this command: >
 	:e $ROOTDIR/main.$EXT
 The argument is first expanded to: >
 	/usr/root/main.py
@@ -927,7 +932,7 @@ simply use the special string instead of the pattern.  Examples: >
 				     " current buffer
    :au! * <buffer=33>		     " remove buffer-local autocommands for
 				     " buffer #33
-    :dobuf :au! CursorHold <buffer>  " remove autocmd for given event for all
+    :bufdo :au! CursorHold <buffer>  " remove autocmd for given event for all
 				     " buffers
    :au * <buffer>		     " list buffer-local autocommands for
 				     " current buffer
@@ -1031,8 +1036,9 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
 			undefined group name, Vim gives you an error message.

 			After applying the autocommands the modelines are
-			processed, so that their overrule the settings from
-			autocommands, like what happens when editing a file.
+			processed, so that their settings overrule the
+			settings from autocommands, like what happens when
+			editing a file.

 						*:doautoa* *:doautoall*
 :doautoa[ll] [group] {event} [fname]
--- a/runtime/doc/change.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/change.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 Jan 07
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 22


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -229,16 +229,18 @@ key restores the original text (if there was any).  (See section "Insert and
 Replace mode" |mode-ins-repl|).

 						*cw* *cW*
-Special case: "cw" and "cW" work the same as "ce" and "cE" if the cursor is
-on a non-blank.  This is because Vim interprets "cw" as change-word, and a
-word does not include the following white space.  {Vi: "cw" when on a blank
-followed by other blanks changes only the first blank; this is probably a
-bug, because "dw" deletes all the blanks; use the 'w' flag in 'cpoptions' to
-make it work like Vi anyway}
+Special case: When the cursor is in a word, "cw" and "cW" do not include the
+white space after a word, they only change up to the end of the word.  This is
+because Vim interprets "cw" as change-word, and a word does not include the
+following white space.
+{Vi: "cw" when on a blank followed by other blanks changes only the first
+blank; this is probably a bug, because "dw" deletes all the blanks; use the
+'w' flag in 'cpoptions' to make it work like Vi anyway}

 If you prefer "cw" to include the space after a word, use this mapping: >
 	:map cw dwi
-<
+Or use "caw" (see |aw|).
+
 							*:c* *:ch* *:change*
 :{range}c[hange][!]	Replace lines of text with some different text.
 			Type a line containing only "." to stop replacing.
@@ -345,6 +347,10 @@ g?{motion}		Rot13 encode {motion} text. {not in Vi}
 g?g?							*g?g?* *g??*
 g??			Rot13 encode current line. {not in Vi}.

+To turn one line into title caps, make every first letter of a word
+uppercase: >
+	:s/\v<(.)(\w*)/\u\1\L\2/g
+

 Adding and subtracting ~
 							*CTRL-A*
@@ -474,7 +480,7 @@ For example: >

 A filter is a program that accepts text at standard input, changes it in some
 way, and sends it to standard output.  You can use the commands below to send
-some text through a filter, so that it is replace by the filter output.
+some text through a filter, so that it is replaced by the filter output.
 Examples of filters are "sort", which sorts lines alphabetically, and
 "indent", which formats C program files (you need a version of indent that
 works like a filter; not all versions do).  The 'shell' option specifies the
@@ -661,9 +667,9 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
 	{not in Vi}

 Note that there is no flag to change the "magicness" of the pattern.  A
-different command is used instead.  The reason is that the flags can only be
-found by skipping the pattern, and in order to skip the pattern the
-"magicness" must be known.  Catch 22!
+different command is used instead, or you can use |/\v| and friends.  The
+reason is that the flags can only be found by skipping the pattern, and in
+order to skip the pattern the "magicness" must be known.  Catch 22!

 If the {pattern} for the substitute command is empty, the command uses the
 pattern from the last substitute or ":global" command.  With the [r] flag, the
@@ -686,7 +692,9 @@ can use any other single-byte character, but not an alphanumeric character,
 pattern or replacement string.  Example: >
 	:s+/+//+

-For the definition of a pattern, see |pattern|.
+For the definition of a pattern, see |pattern|.  In Visual block mode, use
+|/\%V| in the pattern to have the substitute work in the block only.
+Otherwise it works on whole lines anyway.

 					*sub-replace-special* *:s\=*
 When the {string} starts with "\=" it is evaluated as an expression, see
@@ -1128,7 +1136,10 @@ nothing is returned.  {not in Vi}
 Contains the most recent search-pattern.  This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
 It is writable with ":let", you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
 other matches without actually searching.  You can't yank or delete into this
-register.  {not in Vi}
+register.  The search direction is available in |v:searchforward|.
+Note that the valued is restored when returning from a function
+|function-search-undo|.
+{not in Vi}

 							*@/*
 You can write to a register with a ":let" command |:let-@|.  Example: >
@@ -1253,9 +1264,11 @@ an external command, like "par" (e.g.: "!}par" to format until the end of the
 paragraph) or set 'formatprg' to "par".

 							*format-comments*
-Vim can format comments in a special way.  Vim recognizes a comment by a
-specific string at the start of the line (ignoring white space).  Three types
-of comments can be used:
+An overview of comment formatting is in section |30.6| of the user manual.
+
+Vim can automatically insert and format comments in a special way.  Vim
+recognizes a comment by a specific string at the start of the line (ignoring
+white space).  Three types of comments can be used:

 - A comment string that repeats at the start of each line.  An example is the
  type of comment used in shell scripts, starting with "#".
@@ -1263,7 +1276,7 @@ of comments can be used:
  lines.  An example is this list with dashes.
 - Three-piece comments that have a start string, an end string, and optional
  lines in between.  The strings for the start, middle and end are different.
-  An example is the C-style comment:
+  An example is the C style comment:
 	/*
 	 * this is a C comment
 	 */
@@ -1289,23 +1302,24 @@ type of comment string.  A part consists of:

  e	End of a three-piece comment

-  l	Left adjust middle with start or end (default).  Only recognized when
-	used together with 's' or 'e'.
+  l	Left align. Used together with 's' or 'e', the leftmost character of
+	start or end will line up with the leftmost character from the middle.
+	This is the default and can be omitted. See below for more details.

-  r	Right adjust middle with start or end.  Only recognized when used
-	together with 's' or 'e'.
+  r	Right align. Same as above but rightmost instead of leftmost. See
+	below for more details.

-  O	Don't use this one for the "O" command.
+  O	Don't consider this comment for the "O" command.

  x	Allows three-piece comments to be ended by just typing the last
-	character of the end-comment string as the first character on a new
-	line, when the middle-comment string has already been inserted
-	automatically.  See below for more details.
+	character of the end-comment string as the first action on a new
+	line when the middle-comment string has been inserted automatically.
+	See below for more details.

  {digits}
-	When together with 's' or 'e': add extra indent for the middle part.
-	This can be used to left-align the middle part with the start or end
-	and then add an offset.
+	When together with 's' or 'e': add {digit} amount of offset to an
+	automatically inserted middle or end comment leader. The offset begins
+	from a left alignment. See below for more details.

  -{digits}
 	Like {digits} but reduce the indent.  This only works when there is
@@ -1334,12 +1348,42 @@ have a middle string because otherwise Vim can't recognize the middle lines.

 Notice the use of the "x" flag in the above three-piece comment definition.
 When you hit Return in a C-comment, Vim will insert the middle comment leader
-for the new line, e.g. " * ".  To close this comment you just have to type "/"
+for the new line: " * ".  To close this comment you just have to type "/"
 before typing anything else on the new line.  This will replace the
-middle-comment leader with the end-comment leader, leaving just " */".  There
-is no need to hit BackSpace first.
+middle-comment leader with the end-comment leader and apply any specified
+alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit BackSpace first.

-Examples: >
+
+Here is an example of alignment flags at work to make a comment stand out
+(kind of looks like a 1 too). Consider comment string >
+	sr:/***,m:**,ex2:******/
+
+                                   /***
+                                     **<--right aligned from "r" flag
+                                     **
+offset 2 spaces from the "2" flag--->**
+                                   ******/
+In this case, the first comment was typed, then return was pressed 4 times,
+then "/" was pressed to end the comment.
+
+Here are some finer points of three part comments. There are three times when
+alignment and offset flags are taken into consideration: opening a new line
+after a start-comment, opening a new line before an end-comment, and
+automatically ending a three-piece comment.  The end alignment flag has a
+backwards perspective; the result is that the same alignment flag used with
+"s" and "e" will result in the same indent for the starting and ending pieces.
+Only one alignment per comment part is meant to be used, but an offset number
+will override the "r" and "l" flag.
+
+Enabling 'cindent' will override the alignment flags in many cases.
+Reindenting using a different method like |gq| or |=| will not consult
+alignment flags either. The same behaviour can be defined in those other
+formatting options. One consideration is that 'cindent' has additional options
+for context based indenting of comments but cannot replicate many three piece
+indent alignments.  However, 'indentexpr' is has the ability to work better
+with three piece comments.
+
+Other examples: >
   "b:*"	Includes lines starting with "*", but not if the "*" is
 		followed by a non-blank.  This avoids a pointer dereference
 		like "*str" to be recognized as a comment.
@@ -1350,17 +1394,6 @@ By default, "b:#" is included.  This means that a line that starts with
 "#include" is not recognized as a comment line.  But a line that starts with
 "# define" is recognized.  This is a compromise.

-Often the alignment can be changed from right alignment to a left alignment
-with an additional space.  For example, for Javadoc comments, this can be
-used (insert a backslash before the space when using ":set"): >
-	s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/
-Note that an offset is included with start, so that the middle part is left
-aligned with the start and then an offset of one character added.  This makes
-it possible to left align the start and middle for this construction: >
-	/**
-	 * comment
-	 */
-
 {not available when compiled without the |+comments| feature}

 							*fo-table*
@@ -1391,7 +1424,7 @@ a	Automatic formatting of paragraphs.  Every time text is inserted or
 n	When formatting text, recognize numbered lists.  This actually uses
 	the 'formatlistpat' option, thus any kind of list can be used.  The
 	indent of the text after the number is used for the next line.  The
-	default is to find a number, optionally be followed by '.', ':', ')',
+	default is to find a number, optionally followed by '.', ':', ')',
 	']' or '}'.  Note that 'autoindent' must be set too.  Doesn't work
 	well together with "2".
 	Example: >
@@ -1555,9 +1588,10 @@ found here: |sort()|.
 				:sort /.*\%10v/
 <			To sort on the first number in the line, no matter
 			what is in front of it: >
-				:sort /.*\ze\d/
-
-<			With [r] sorting is done on the matching {pattern}
+				:sort /.\{-}\ze\d/
+<			(Explanation: ".\{-}" matches any text, "\ze" sets the
+			end of the match and \d matches a digit.)
+			With [r] sorting is done on the matching {pattern}
 			instead of skipping past it as described above.
 			For example, to sort on only the first three letters
 			of each line: >
--- a/runtime/doc/cmdline.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/cmdline.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2008 Jan 04
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Notes:
  old one is removed (to avoid repeated commands moving older commands out of
  the history).
 - Only commands that are typed are remembered.  Ones that completely come from
-  mappings are not put in the history
+  mappings are not put in the history.
 - All searches are put in the search history, including the ones that come
  from commands like "*" and "#".  But for a mapping, only the last search is
  remembered (to avoid that long mappings trash the history).
@@ -226,6 +226,8 @@ CTRL-J						*c_CTRL-J* *c_<NL>* *c_<CR>*
 <Esc>		When typed and 'x' not present in 'cpoptions', quit
 		Command-line mode without executing.  In macros or when 'x'
 		present in 'cpoptions', start entered command.
+		Note: If your <Esc> key is hard to hit on your keyboard, train
+		yourself to use CTRL-[.
 							*c_CTRL-C*
 CTRL-C		quit command-line without executing

@@ -482,7 +484,7 @@ argument.
 line.  If you want to use '|' in an argument, precede it with '\'.

 These commands see the '|' as their argument, and can therefore not be
-followed by another command:
+followed by another Vim command:
    :argdo
    :autocmd
    :bufdo
@@ -718,6 +720,9 @@ to insert special things while typing you can use the CTRL-R command.  For
 example, "%" stands for the current file name, while CTRL-R % inserts the
 current file name right away.  See |c_CTRL-R|.

+Note: If you want to avoid the special characters in a Vim script you may want
+to use |fnameescape()|.
+

 In Ex commands, at places where a file name can be used, the following
 characters have a special meaning.  These can also be used in the expression
@@ -893,10 +898,10 @@ Examples: (alternate file name is "?readme?")
 	:cd <cfile>*	:cd {file name under cursor plus "*" and then expanded}

 When the expanded argument contains a "!" and it is used for a shell command
-(":!cmd", ":r !cmd" or ":w !cmd"), it is escaped with a backslash to avoid it
-being expanded into a previously used command.  When the 'shell' option
-contains "sh", this is done twice, to avoid the shell trying to expand the
-"!".
+(":!cmd", ":r !cmd" or ":w !cmd"), the "!" is escaped with a backslash to
+avoid it being expanded into a previously used command.  When the 'shell'
+option contains "sh", this is done twice, to avoid the shell trying to expand
+the "!".

 							*filename-backslash*
 For filesystems that use a backslash as directory separator (MS-DOS, Windows,
--- a/runtime/doc/debug.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/debug.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 May 01
+*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2006 May 01


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/debugger.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/debugger.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
--- a/runtime/doc/develop.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/develop.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2007 May 11


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/diff.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/diff.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Oct 02
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2006 Oct 02


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/digraph.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/digraph.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Jul 18
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2007 Sep 10


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -130,10 +130,10 @@ a standard meaning:
 	Exclamation mark	!	Grave
 	Apostrophe		'	Acute accent
 	Greater-Than sign	>	Circumflex accent
-	Question Mark		?	tilde
+	Question mark		?	Tilde
 	Hyphen-Minus		-	Macron
 	Left parenthesis	(	Breve
-	Full Stop		.	Dot Above
+	Full stop		.	Dot above
 	Colon			:	Diaeresis
 	Comma			,	Cedilla
 	Underline		_	Underline
--- a/runtime/doc/editing.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/editing.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Apr 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -364,6 +364,9 @@ all over again.  The ":e" command is only useful if you have changed the
 current file name.

 							*:filename* *{file}*
+Besides the things mentioned here, more special items for where a filename is
+expected are mentioned at |cmdline-special|.
+
 Note for systems other than Unix and MS-DOS: When using a command that
 accepts a single file name (like ":edit file") spaces in the file name are
 allowed, but trailing spaces are ignored.  This is useful on systems that
@@ -888,8 +891,10 @@ Note: When the 'write' option is off, you are not able to write any file.
 			the previous command |:!|.

 The default [range] for the ":w" command is the whole buffer (1,$).  If you
-write the whole buffer, it is no longer considered changed.  Also when you
-write it to a different file with ":w somefile"!
+write the whole buffer, it is no longer considered changed.  When you
+write it to a different file with ":w somefile" it depends on the "+" flag in
+'cpoptions'.  When included, the write command will reset the 'modified' flag,
+even though the buffer itself may still be different from its file.

 If a file name is given with ":w" it becomes the alternate file.  This can be
 used, for example, when the write fails and you want to try again later with
@@ -1105,6 +1110,8 @@ MULTIPLE WINDOWS AND BUFFERS				*window-exit*
 		changed.  See |:confirm|. {not in Vi}

 :qa[ll]!	Exit Vim.  Any changes to buffers are lost. {not in Vi}
+		Also see |:cquit|, it does the same but exits with a non-zero
+		value.

 							*:quita* *:quitall*
 :quita[ll][!]	Same as ":qall". {not in Vi}
@@ -1478,7 +1485,9 @@ There are three different types of searching:
   supported by your operating system.  '*' and '**' are handled inside Vim, so
   they work on all operating systems.

-   The usage of '*' is quite simple: It matches 0 or more characters.
+   The usage of '*' is quite simple: It matches 0 or more characters.  In a
+   search pattern this would be ".*".  Note that the "." is not used for file
+   searching.

   '**' is more sophisticated:
      - It ONLY matches directories.
@@ -1498,7 +1507,7 @@ There are three different types of searching:
 	levels.
 	The allowed number range is 0 ('**0' is removed) to 255.
 	If the given number is smaller than 0 it defaults to 30, if it's
-	bigger than 255 it defaults to 255.
+	bigger than 255 then 255 is used.
      - '**' can only be at the end of the path or be followed by a path
 	separator or by a number and a path separator.

--- a/runtime/doc/eval.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/eval.txt
--- a/runtime/doc/farsi.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/farsi.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran
--- a/runtime/doc/filetype.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/filetype.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 10
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ The file types are also used for syntax highlighting.  If the ":syntax on"
 command is used, the file type detection is installed too.  There is no need
 to do ":filetype on" after ":syntax on".

-To disable one of the file types, add a line in the your filetype file, see
+To disable one of the file types, add a line in your filetype file, see
 |remove-filetype|.

 							*filetype-detect*
@@ -502,6 +502,13 @@ For further discussion of fortran_have_tabs and the method used for the
 detection of source format see |ft-fortran-syntax|.


+GIT COMMIT                                              *ft-gitcommit-plugin*
+
+One command, :DiffGitCached, is provided to show a diff of the current commit
+in the preview window.  It is equivalent to calling "git diff --cached" plus
+any arguments given to the command.
+
+
 MAIL							*ft-mail-plugin*

 Options:
@@ -546,6 +553,20 @@ CTRL-]		Jump to the manual page for the word under the cursor.
 CTRL-T		Jump back to the previous manual page.


+PDF							*ft-pdf-plugin*
+
+Two maps, <C-]> and <C-T>, are provided to simulate a tag stack for navigating
+the PDF.  The following are treated as tags:
+
+- The byte offset after "startxref" to the xref table
+- The byte offset after the /Prev key in the trailer to an earlier xref table
+- A line of the form "0123456789 00000 n" in the xref table
+- An object reference like "1 0 R" anywhere in the PDF
+
+These maps can be disabled with >
+	:let g:no_pdf_maps = 1
+<
+
 RPM SPEC						*ft-spec-plugin*

 Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
@@ -555,7 +576,7 @@ file: |pi_spec.txt|.
 SQL							*ft-sql*

 Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
-file: |sql.txt|.
+file: |ft_sql.txt|.


 TEX							*ft-tex-plugin*
--- a/runtime/doc/fold.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/fold.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2007 May 11


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,515 @@
+*ft_ada.txt*	For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21
+
+
+		    ADA FILE TYPE PLUG-INS REFERENCE MANUAL~
+
+ADA								      *ada.vim*
+
+1.  Syntax Highlighting			    |ft-ada-syntax|
+2.  Plug-in				    |ft-ada-plugin|
+3.  Omni Completion			    |ft-ada-omni|
+    3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref"	|gnat-xref|
+    3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags"		|ada-ctags|
+4.  Compiler Support			    |ada-compiler|
+    4.1 GNAT					|compiler-gnat|
+    4.1 Dec Ada					|compiler-decada|
+5.  References				    |ada-reference|
+    5.1 Options					|ft-ada-options|
+    5.2 Functions				|ft-ada-functions|
+    5.3 Commands				|ft-ada-commands|
+    5.4 Variables				|ft-ada-variables|
+    5.5 Constants				|ft-ada-constants|
+8.  Extra Plug-ins			    |ada-extra-plugins|
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Syntax Highlighting ~
+							       *ft-ada-syntax*
+
+This mode is designed for the 2005 edition of Ada ("Ada 2005"), which includes
+support for objected-programming, protected types, and so on.  It handles code
+written for the original Ada language ("Ada83", "Ada87", "Ada95") as well,
+though code which uses Ada 2005-only keywords will be wrongly colored (such
+code should be fixed anyway).  For more information about Ada, see
+http://www.adapower.com.
+
+The Ada mode handles a number of situations cleanly.
+
+For example, it knows that the "-" in "-5" is a number, but the same character
+in "A-5" is an operator.  Normally, a "with" or "use" clause referencing
+another compilation unit is coloured the same way as C's "#include" is coloured.
+If you have "Conditional" or "Repeat" groups coloured differently, then "end
+if" and "end loop" will be coloured as part of those respective groups.
+
+You can set these to different colours using vim's "highlight" command (e.g.,
+to change how loops are displayed, enter the command ":hi Repeat" followed by
+the colour specification; on simple terminals the colour specification
+ctermfg=White often shows well).
+
+There are several options you can select in this Ada mode. See|ft-ada-options|
+for a complete list.
+
+To enable them, assign a value to the option.  For example, to turn one on:
+ >
+    > let g:ada_standard_types = 1
+>
+To disable them use ":unlet".  Example:
+>
+    > unlet g:ada_standard_types
+
+You can just use ":" and type these into the command line to set these
+temporarily before loading an Ada file.  You can make these option settings
+permanent by adding the "let" command(s), without a colon, to your "~/.vimrc"
+file.
+
+Even on a slow (90Mhz) PC this mode works quickly, but if you find the
+performance unacceptable, turn on |g:ada_withuse_ordinary|.
+
+Syntax folding instructions (|fold-syntax|) are added when |g:ada_folding| is
+set.
+
+==============================================================================
+2. File type Plug-in ~
+					       *ft-ada-indent* *ft-ada-plugin*
+
+The Ada plug-in provides support for:
+
+ - auto indenting	(|indent.txt|)
+ - insert completion	(|i_CTRL-N|)
+ - user completion	(|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|)
+ - tag searches		(|tagsrch.txt|)
+ - Quick Fix		(|quickfix.txt|)
+ - backspace handling	(|'backspace'|)
+ - comment handling	(|'comments'|, |'commentstring'|)
+
+The plug-in only activates the features of the Ada mode whenever an Ada
+files is opened and add adds Ada related entries to the main and pop-up menu.
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Omni Completion ~
+								 *ft-ada-omni*
+
+The Ada omni-completions (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|) uses tags database created either
+by "gnat xref -v" or the "exuberant Ctags (http://ctags.sourceforge.net).  The
+complete function will automatically detect which tool was used to create the
+tags file.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref" ~
+								   *gnat-xref*
+
+GNAT XREF uses the compiler internal information (ali-files) to produce the
+tags file. This has the advantage to be 100% correct and the option of deep
+nested analysis. However the code must compile, the generator is quite
+slow and the created tags file contains only the basic Ctags information for
+each entry - not enough for some of the more advanced Vim code browser
+plug-ins.
+
+NOTE: "gnat xref -v" is very tricky to use as it has almost no diagnostic
+       output - If nothing is printed then usually the parameters are wrong.
+       Here some important tips:
+
+1)  You need to compile your code first and use the "-aO" option to point to
+    your .ali files.
+2)  "gnat xref -v ../Include/adacl.ads" won't work - use  the "gnat xref -v
+    -aI../Include adacl.ads" instead.
+3)  "gnat xref -v -aI../Include *.ad?" won't work - use "cd ../Include" and
+    then "gnat xref -v *.ad?"
+4)  Project manager support is completely broken - don't even try "gnat xref
+    -Padacl.gpr".
+5)  VIM is faster when the tags file is sorted - use "sort --unique
+    --ignore-case --output=tags tags" .
+6)  Remember to insert "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED 2 %sort ui" as first line to mark
+    the file assorted.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags"~
+								   *ada-ctags*
+
+Exuberant Ctags uses its own multi-language code parser. The parser is quite
+fast, produces a lot of extra information (hence the name "Exuberant Ctags")
+and can run on files which currently do not compile.
+
+There are also lots of other Vim-tools which use exuberant Ctags.
+
+You will need to install a version of the Exuberant Ctags which has Ada
+support patched in. Such a version is available from the GNU Ada Project
+(http://gnuada.sourceforge.net).
+
+The Ada parser for Exuberant Ctags is fairly new - don't expect complete
+support yet.
+
+==============================================================================
+4.  Compiler Support ~
+								*ada-compiler*
+
+The Ada mode supports more then one Ada compiler and will automatically load the
+compiler set in|g:ada_default_compiler|whenever an Ada source is opened. The
+provided compiler plug-ins are split into the actual compiler plug-in and a
+collection of support functions and variables. This allows the easy
+development of specialized compiler plug-ins fine tuned to your development
+environment.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+4.1 GNAT ~
+							       *compiler-gnat*
+
+GNAT is the only free (beer and speech) Ada compiler available. There are
+several version available which differentiate in the licence terms used.
+
+The GNAT compiler plug-in will perform a compile on pressing <F7> and then
+immediately shows the result. You can set the project file to be used by
+setting:
+ >
+ > call g:gnat.Set_Project_File ('my_project.gpr')
+
+Setting a project file will also create a Vim session (|views-sessions|) so -
+like with the GPS - opened files, window positions etc. will remembered
+separately for all projects.
+
+								*gnat_members*
+GNAT OBJECT ~
+
+							       *g:gnat.Make()*
+g:gnat.Make()
+		Calls|g:gnat.Make_Command|and displays the result inside a
+               |quickfix| window.
+
+							     *g:gnat.Pretty()*
+g:gnat.Pretty()
+		Calls|g:gnat.Pretty_Command|
+
+							       *g:gnat.Find()*
+g:gnat.Find()
+		Calls|g:gnat.Find_Command|
+
+							       *g:gnat.Tags()*
+g:gnat.Tags()
+		Calls|g:gnat.Tags_Command|
+
+						   *g:gnat.Set_Project_File()*
+g:gnat.Set_Project_File([{file}])
+		Set gnat project file and load associated session.  An open
+		project will be closed and the session written.  If called
+		without file name the file selector opens for selection of a
+		project file. If called with an empty string then the project
+		and associated session are closed.
+
+							 *g:gnat.Project_File*
+g:gnat.Project_File	string
+		Current project file.
+
+							 *g:gnat.Make_Command*
+g:gnat.Make_Command	string
+		External command used for|g:gnat.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
+
+						       *g:gnat.Pretty_Program*
+g:gnat.Pretty_Program	string
+		External command used for|g:gnat.Pretty()|
+
+							 *g:gnat.Find_Program*
+g:gnat.Find_Program	string
+		External command used for|g:gnat.Find()|
+
+							 *g:gnat.Tags_Command*
+g:gnat.Tags_Command	string
+		External command used for|g:gnat.Tags()|
+
+							 *g:gnat.Error_Format*
+g:gnat.Error_Format	string
+		Error format (|'errorformat'|)
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+4.2 Dec Ada ~
+					    *compiler-hpada* *compiler-decada*
+					*compiler-vaxada* *compiler-compaqada*
+
+Dec Ada (also known by - in chronological order - VAX Ada, Dec Ada, Compaq Ada
+and HP Ada) is a fairly dated Ada 83 compiler. Support is basic: <F7> will
+compile the current unit.
+
+The Dec Ada compiler expects the package name and not the file name to be
+passed a parameter. The compiler plug-in supports the usual file name
+convention to convert the file into a unit name. For separates both '-' and
+'__' are allowed.
+
+							      *decada_members*
+DEC ADA OBJECT ~
+
+							     *g:decada.Make()*
+g:decada.Make()		function
+		Calls|g:decada.Make_Command|and displays the result inside a
+               |quickfix| window.
+
+							*g:decada.Unit_Name()*
+g:decada.Unit_Name()	function
+		Get the Unit name for the current file.
+
+						       *g:decada.Make_Command*
+g:decada.Make_Command	string
+		External command used for|g:decadat.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
+
+						       *g:decada.Error_Format*
+g:decada.Error_Format|	string
+		Error format (|'errorformat'|).
+
+==============================================================================
+5. References ~
+							       *ada-reference*
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.1 Options ~
+							      *ft-ada-options*
+
+							*g:ada_standard_types*
+g:ada_standard_types	bool (true when exists)
+		Highlight types in package Standard (e.g., "Float")
+
+							  *g:ada_space_errors*
+						  *g:ada_no_trail_space_error*
+						    *g:ada_no_tab_space_error*
+							 *g:ada_all_tab_usage*
+g:ada_space_errors	 bool (true when exists)
+		Highlight extraneous errors in spaces ...
+		g:ada_no_trail_space_error
+		    - but ignore trailing spaces at the end of a line
+		g:ada_no_tab_space_error
+		    - but ignore tabs after spaces
+		g:ada_all_tab_usage
+		    - highlight all tab use
+
+							   *g:ada_line_errors*
+g:ada_line_errors	  bool (true when exists)
+		Highlight lines which are to long. Note: This highlighting
+		option is quite CPU intensive.
+
+							 *g:ada_rainbow_color*
+g:ada_rainbow_color	  bool (true when exists)
+		Use rainbow colours for '(' and ')'. You need the
+		rainbow_parenthesis for this to work
+
+							       *g:ada_folding*
+g:ada_folding		  set ('sigpft')
+		Use folding for Ada sources.
+		    's':    activate syntax folding on load
+			'p':    fold packages
+			'f':    fold functions and procedures
+			't':    fold types
+			'c':    fold conditionals
+		    'g':    activate gnat pretty print folding on load
+			'i':    lone 'is' folded with line above
+			'b':	lone 'begin' folded with line above
+			'p':	lone 'private' folded with line above
+			'x':	lone 'exception' folded with line above
+		    'i':    activate indent folding on load
+
+		Note: Syntax folding is in an early (unusable) stage and
+		      indent or gnat pretty folding is suggested.
+
+		For gnat pretty folding to work the following settings are
+		suggested: -cl3 -M79 -c2 -c3 -c4 -A1 -A2 -A3 -A4 -A5
+
+		For indent folding to work the following settings are
+		suggested: shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3
+
+								*g:ada_abbrev*
+g:ada_abbrev		  bool (true when exists)
+		Add some abbreviations. This feature more or less superseded
+		by the various completion methods.
+
+						      *g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
+g:ada_withuse_ordinary	  bool (true when exists)
+		Show "with" and "use" as ordinary keywords (when used to
+		reference other compilation units they're normally highlighted
+		specially).
+
+							 *g:ada_begin_preproc*
+g:ada_begin_preproc	  bool (true when exists)
+		Show all begin-like keywords using the colouring of C
+		preprocessor commands.
+
+						    *g:ada_omni_with_keywords*
+g:ada_omni_with_keywords
+		Add Keywords, Pragmas, Attributes to omni-completions
+		(|compl-omni|). Note: You can always complete then with user
+		completion (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|).
+
+						      *g:ada_extended_tagging*
+g:ada_extended_tagging	  enum ('jump', 'list')
+		use extended tagging, two options are available
+		    'jump': use tjump to jump.
+		    'list': add tags quick fix list.
+		Normal tagging does not support function or operator
+		overloading as these features are not available in C and
+		tagging was originally developed for C.
+
+						   *g:ada_extended_completion*
+g:ada_extended_completion
+		Uses extended completion for <C-N> and <C-R> completions
+		(|i_CTRL-N|). In this mode the '.' is used as part of the
+		identifier so that 'Object.Method' or 'Package.Procedure' are
+		completed together.
+
+						       *g:ada_gnat_extensions*
+g:ada_gnat_extensions	  bool (true when exists)
+		 Support GNAT extensions.
+
+					       *g:ada_with_gnat_project_files*
+g:ada_with_gnat_project_files	 bool (true when exists)
+		 Add gnat project file keywords and Attributes.
+
+						      *g:ada_default_compiler*
+g:ada_default_compiler	  string
+		set default compiler. Currently supported is 'gnat' and
+		'decada'.
+
+An "exists" type is a boolean is considered true when the variable is defined
+and false when the variable is undefined. The value which the variable is
+set makes no difference.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.3 Commands ~
+							     *ft-ada-commands*
+
+:AdaRainbow							 *:AdaRainbow*
+		Toggles rainbow colour (|g:ada_rainbow_color|) mode for
+		'(' and ')'
+
+:AdaLines							   *:AdaLines*
+		Toggles line error (|g:ada_line_errors|) display
+
+:AdaSpaces							  *:AdaSpaces*
+		Toggles space error (|g:ada_space_errors|) display.
+
+:AdaTagDir							  *:AdaTagDir*
+		Creates tags file for the directory of the current file.
+
+:AdaTagFile							 *:AdaTagFile*
+		Creates tags file for the current file.
+
+:AdaTypes							   *:AdaTypes*
+		Toggles standard types (|g:ada_standard_types|) colour.
+
+:GnatFind							   *:GnatFind*
+		Calls |g:gnat.Find()|
+
+:GnatPretty							 *:GnatPretty*
+		Calls |g:gnat.Pretty()|
+
+:GnatTags							   *:GnatTags*
+		Calls |g:gnat.Tags()|
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.3 Variables ~
+							    *ft-ada-variables*
+
+								      *g:gnat*
+g:gnat			    object
+		Control object which manages GNAT compiles.  The object
+		is created when the first Ada source code is loaded provided
+		that |g:ada_default_compiler|is set to 'gnat'. See|gnat_members|
+		for details.
+
+								    *g:decada*
+g:decada		      object
+		Control object which manages Dec Ada compiles.	The object
+		is created when the first Ada source code is loaded provided
+		that |g:ada_default_compiler|is set to 'decada'. See
+	       |decada_members|for details.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.4 Constants ~
+							    *ft-ada-constants*
+
+All constants are locked. See |:lockvar| for details.
+
+							     *g:ada#WordRegex*
+g:ada#WordRegex		string
+		Regular expression to search for Ada words
+
+							  *g:ada#DotWordRegex*
+g:ada#DotWordRegex	string
+		Regular expression to search for Ada words separated by dots.
+
+							       *g:ada#Comment*
+g:ada#Comment		string
+		Regular expression to search for Ada comments
+
+							      *g:ada#Keywords*
+g:ada#Keywords		list of dictionaries
+		List of keywords, attributes etc. pp. in the format used by
+		omni completion. See |complete-items| for details.
+
+							   *g:ada#Ctags_Kinds*
+g:ada#Ctags_Kinds	dictionary of lists
+		Dictionary of the various kinds of items which the Ada support
+		for Ctags generates.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.2 Functions ~
+							    *ft-ada-functions*
+
+ada#Word([{line}, {col}])					  *ada#Word()*
+		Return full name of Ada entity under the cursor (or at given
+		line/column), stripping white space/newlines as necessary.
+
+ada#List_Tag([{line}, {col}])				      *ada#Listtags()*
+		List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
+		given line/column) inside the quick-fix window
+
+ada#Jump_Tag ({ident}, {mode})				      *ada#Jump_Tag()*
+		List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
+		given line/column) in the tag jump list. Mode can either be
+		'tjump' or 'stjump'.
+
+ada#Create_Tags ({option})				   *ada#Create_Tags()*
+		Creates tag file using Ctags. The option can either be 'file'
+		for the current file, 'dir' for the directory of the current
+		file or a file name.
+
+gnat#Insert_Tags_Header()			   *gnat#Insert_Tags_Header()*
+		Adds the tag file header (!_TAG_) information to the current
+		file which are missing from the GNAT XREF output.
+
+ada#Switch_Syntax_Option ({option})		  *ada#Switch_Syntax_Option()*
+		Toggles highlighting options on or off. Used for the Ada menu.
+
+								  *gnat#New()*
+gnat#New ()
+		Create a new gnat object. See |g:gnat| for details.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+8. Extra Plugins ~
+							   *ada-extra-plugins*
+
+You can optionally install the following extra plug-in. They work well with Ada
+and enhance the ability of the Ada mode.:
+
+backup.vim
+	http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1537
+	Keeps as many backups as you like so you don't have to.
+
+rainbow_parenthsis.vim
+	http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1561
+	Very helpful since Ada uses only '(' and ')'.
+
+nerd_comments.vim
+	http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1218
+	Excellent commenting and uncommenting support for almost any
+	programming language.
+
+matchit.vim
+	http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=39
+	'%' jumping for any language. The normal '%' jump only works for '{}'
+	style languages. The Ada mode will set the needed search patters.
+
+taglist.vim
+	http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=273
+	Source code explorer sidebar. There is a patch for Ada available.
+
+The GNU Ada Project distribution (http://gnuada.sourceforge.net) of Vim
+contains all of the above.
+
+==============================================================================
+vim: textwidth=78 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
+vim: filetype=help
--- a/runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,763 @@
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: Wed Apr 26 2006 3:05:33 PM
+
+by David Fishburn
+
+This is a filetype plugin to work with SQL files.
+
+The Structured Query Language (SQL) is a standard which specifies statements
+that allow a user to interact with a relational database.  Vim includes
+features for navigation, indentation and syntax highlighting.
+
+1. Navigation					|sql-navigation|
+    1.1 Matchit					|sql-matchit|
+    1.2 Text Object Motions			|sql-object-motions|
+    1.3 Predefined Object Motions		|sql-predefined-objects|
+    1.4 Macros					|sql-macros|
+2. SQL Dialects					|sql-dialects|
+    2.1 SQLSetType				|SQLSetType|
+    2.2 SQL Dialect Default			|sql-type-default|
+3. Adding new SQL Dialects			|sql-adding-dialects|
+4. OMNI SQL Completion				|sql-completion|
+    4.1 Static mode				|sql-completion-static|
+    4.2 Dynamic mode				|sql-completion-dynamic|
+    4.3 Tutorial				|sql-completion-tutorial|
+	4.3.1 Complete Tables			|sql-completion-tables|
+	4.3.2 Complete Columns			|sql-completion-columns|
+	4.3.3 Complete Procedures		|sql-completion-procedures|
+	4.3.4 Complete Views			|sql-completion-views|
+    4.4 Completion Customization		|sql-completion-customization|
+    4.5 SQL Maps				|sql-completion-maps|
+    4.6 Using with other filetypes		|sql-completion-filetypes|
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Navigation					*sql-navigation*
+
+The SQL ftplugin provides a number of options to assist with file
+navigation.
+
+
+1.1 Matchit					*sql-matchit*
+-----------
+The matchit plugin (http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=39)
+provides many additional features and can be customized for different
+languages.  The matchit plugin is configured by defining a local
+buffer variable, b:match_words.  Pressing the % key while on various
+keywords will move the cursor to its match.  For example, if the cursor
+is on an "if", pressing % will cycle between the "else", "elseif" and
+"end if" keywords.
+
+The following keywords are supported: >
+    if
+    elseif | elsif
+    else [if]
+    end if
+
+    [while condition] loop
+	leave
+	break
+	continue
+	exit
+    end loop
+
+    for
+	leave
+	break
+	continue
+	exit
+    end loop
+
+    do
+	statements
+    doend
+
+    case
+    when
+    when
+    default
+    end case
+
+    merge
+    when not matched
+    when matched
+
+    create[ or replace] procedure|function|event
+    returns
+
+
+1.2 Text Object Motions				*sql-object-motions*
+-----------------------
+Vim has a number of predefined keys for working with text |object-motions|.
+This filetype plugin attempts to translate these keys to maps which make sense
+for the SQL language.
+
+The following |Normal| mode and |Visual| mode maps exist (when you edit a SQL
+file): >
+    ]]		    move forward to the next 'begin'
+    [[		    move backwards to the previous 'begin'
+    ][		    move forward to the next 'end'
+    []		    move backwards to the previous 'end'
+
+
+1.3 Predefined Object Motions			*sql-predefined-objects*
+-----------------------------
+Most relational databases support various standard features, tables, indices,
+triggers and stored procedures.  Each vendor also has a variety of proprietary
+objects.  The next set of maps have been created to help move between these
+objects.  Depends on which database vendor you are using, the list of objects
+must be configurable.  The filetype plugin attempts to define many of the
+standard objects, plus many additional ones.  In order to make this as
+flexible as possible, you can override the list of objects from within your
+|vimrc| with the following: >
+    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,table,trigger' .
+		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' .
+		\ ',index,subscription,synchronization,view,variable'
+
+The following |Normal| mode and |Visual| mode maps have been created which use
+the above list: >
+    ]}		    move forward to the next 'create <object name>'
+    [{		    move backward to the previous 'create <object name>'
+
+Repeatedly pressing ]} will cycle through each of these create statements: >
+    create table t1 (
+	...
+    );
+
+    create procedure p1
+    begin
+	...
+    end;
+
+    create index i1 on t1 (c1);
+
+The default setting for g:ftplugin_sql_objects is: >
+    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,' .
+		\ '\\(existing\\\\|global\\s\\+temporary\\s\\+\\)\\\{,1}' .
+		\ 'table,trigger' .
+		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' .
+		\ ',index,subscription,synchronization,view,variable'
+
+The above will also handle these cases: >
+    create table t1 (
+	...
+    );
+    create existing table t2 (
+	...
+    );
+    create global temporary table t3 (
+	...
+    );
+
+By default, the ftplugin only searches for CREATE statements.  You can also
+override this via your |vimrc| with the following: >
+    let g:ftplugin_sql_statements = 'create,alter'
+
+The filetype plugin defines three types of comments: >
+    1.  --
+    2.  //
+    3.  /*
+	 *
+	 */
+
+The following |Normal| mode and |Visual| mode maps have been created to work
+with comments: >
+    ]"		    move forward to the beginning of a comment
+    ["		    move forward to the end of a comment
+
+
+
+1.4 Macros					   *sql-macros*
+----------
+Vim's feature to find macro definitions, |'define'|, is supported using this
+regular expression: >
+    \c\<\(VARIABLE\|DECLARE\|IN\|OUT\|INOUT\)\>
+
+This addresses the following code: >
+    CREATE VARIABLE myVar1 INTEGER;
+
+    CREATE PROCEDURE sp_test(
+	IN myVar2 INTEGER,
+	OUT myVar3 CHAR(30),
+	INOUT myVar4 NUMERIC(20,0)
+    )
+    BEGIN
+	DECLARE myVar5 INTEGER;
+
+	SELECT c1, c2, c3
+	  INTO myVar2, myVar3, myVar4
+	  FROM T1
+	 WHERE c4 = myVar1;
+    END;
+
+Place your cursor on "myVar1" on this line: >
+	 WHERE c4 = myVar1;
+		     ^
+
+Press any of the following keys: >
+    [d
+    [D
+    [CTRL-D
+
+
+==============================================================================
+2. SQL Dialects					*sql-dialects* *sql-types*
+						*sybase* *TSQL* *Transact-SQL*
+						*sqlanywhere*
+						*oracle* *plsql* *sqlj*
+						*sqlserver*
+						*mysql* *postgres* *psql*
+						*informix*
+
+All relational databases support SQL.  There is a portion of SQL that is
+portable across vendors (ex. CREATE TABLE, CREATE INDEX), but there is a
+great deal of vendor specific extensions to SQL.  Oracle supports the
+"CREATE OR REPLACE" syntax, column defaults specified in the CREATE TABLE
+statement and the procedural language (for stored procedures and triggers).
+
+The default Vim distribution ships with syntax highlighting based on Oracle's
+PL/SQL.  The default SQL indent script works for Oracle and SQL Anywhere.
+The default filetype plugin works for all vendors and should remain vendor
+neutral, but extendable.
+
+Vim currently has support for a variety of different vendors, currently this
+is via syntax scripts. Unfortunately, to flip between different syntax rules
+you must either create:
+    1.  New filetypes
+    2.  Custom autocmds
+    3.  Manual steps / commands
+
+The majority of people work with only one vendor's database product, it would
+be nice to specify a default in your |vimrc|.
+
+
+2.1 SQLSetType					*sqlsettype* *SQLSetType*
+--------------
+For the people that work with many different databases, it would be nice to be
+able to flip between the various vendors rules (indent, syntax) on a per
+buffer basis, at any time.  The ftplugin/sql.vim file defines this function: >
+    SQLSetType
+
+Executing this function without any parameters will set the indent and syntax
+scripts back to their defaults, see |sql-type-default|.  If you have turned
+off Vi's compatibility mode, |'compatible'|, you can use the <Tab> key to
+complete the optional parameter.
+
+After typing the function name and a space, you can use the completion to
+supply a parameter.  The function takes the name of the Vim script you want to
+source.  Using the |cmdline-completion| feature, the SQLSetType function will
+search the |'runtimepath'| for all Vim scripts with a name containing 'sql'.
+This takes the guess work out of the spelling of the names.  The following are
+examples: >
+    :SQLSetType
+    :SQLSetType sqloracle
+    :SQLSetType sqlanywhere
+    :SQLSetType sqlinformix
+    :SQLSetType mysql
+
+The easiest approach is to the use <Tab> character which will first complete
+the command name (SQLSetType), after a space and another <Tab>, display a list
+of available Vim script names: >
+    :SQL<Tab><space><Tab>
+
+
+2.2 SQL Dialect Default				*sql-type-default*
+-----------------------
+As mentioned earlier, the default syntax rules for Vim is based on Oracle
+(PL/SQL).  You can override this default by placing one of the following in
+your |vimrc|: >
+    let g:sql_type_default = 'sqlanywhere'
+    let g:sql_type_default = 'sqlinformix'
+    let g:sql_type_default = 'mysql'
+
+If you added the following to your |vimrc|: >
+    let g:sql_type_default = 'sqlinformix'
+
+The next time edit a SQL file the following scripts will be automatically
+loaded by Vim: >
+    ftplugin/sql.vim
+    syntax/sqlinformix.vim
+    indent/sql.vim
+>
+Notice indent/sqlinformix.sql was not loaded.  There is no indent file
+for Informix, Vim loads the default files if the specified files does not
+exist.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Adding new SQL Dialects			*sql-adding-dialects*
+
+If you begin working with a SQL dialect which does not have any customizations
+available with the default Vim distribution you can check http://www.vim.org
+to see if any customization currently exist.  If not, you can begin by cloning
+an existing script.  Read |filetype-plugins| for more details.
+
+To help identify these scripts, try to create the files with a "sql" prefix.
+If you decide you wish to create customizations for the SQLite database, you
+can create any of the following: >
+    Unix
+	~/.vim/syntax/sqlite.vim
+	~/.vim/indent/sqlite.vim
+    Windows
+	$VIM/vimfiles/syntax/sqlite.vim
+	$VIM/vimfiles/indent/sqlite.vim
+
+No changes are necessary to the SQLSetType function.  It will automatically
+pickup the new SQL files and load them when you issue the SQLSetType command.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+4. OMNI SQL Completion				*sql-completion*
+						*omni-sql-completion*
+
+Vim 7 includes a code completion interface and functions which allows plugin
+developers to build in code completion for any language.  Vim 7 includes
+code completion for the SQL language.
+
+There are two modes to the SQL completion plugin, static and dynamic.  The
+static mode populates the popups with the data generated from current syntax
+highlight rules.  The dynamic mode populates the popups with data retrieved
+directly from a database.  This includes, table lists, column lists,
+procedures names and more.
+
+4.1 Static Mode					*sql-completion-static*
+---------------
+The static popups created contain items defined by the active syntax rules
+while editing a file with a filetype of SQL.  The plugin defines (by default)
+various maps to help the user refine the list of items to be displayed.
+The defaults static maps are: >
+    imap <buffer> <C-C>a <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('syntax')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+    imap <buffer> <C-C>k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlKeyword')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+    imap <buffer> <C-C>f <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlFunction')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+    imap <buffer> <C-C>o <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlOption')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+    imap <buffer> <C-C>T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlType')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+    imap <buffer> <C-C>s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlStatement')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+
+The static maps (which are based on the syntax highlight groups) follow this
+format: >
+    imap <buffer> <C-C>k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlKeyword')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+
+This command breaks down as: >
+    imap		   - Create an insert map
+    <buffer>		   - Only for this buffer
+    <C-C>k		   - Your choice of key map
+    <C-\><C-O>		   - Execute one command, return to Insert mode
+    :call sqlcomplete#Map( - Allows the SQL completion plugin to perform some
+			     housekeeping functions to allow it to be used in
+			     conjunction with other completion plugins.
+			     Indicate which item you want the SQL completion
+			     plugin to complete.
+			     In this case we are asking the plugin to display
+			     items from the syntax highlight group
+			     'sqlKeyword'.
+			     You can view a list of highlight group names to
+			     choose from by executing the
+				 :syntax list
+			     command while editing a SQL file.
+    'sqlKeyword'	   - Display the items for the sqlKeyword highlight
+			     group
+    )<CR>		   - Execute the :let command
+    <C-X><C-O>		   - Trigger the standard omni completion key stroke.
+			     Passing in 'sqlKeyword' instructs the SQL
+			     completion plugin to populate the popup with
+			     items from the sqlKeyword highlight group.  The
+			     plugin will also cache this result until Vim is
+			     restarted.  The syntax list is retrieved using
+			     the syntaxcomplete plugin.
+
+Using the 'syntax' keyword is a special case.  This instructs the
+syntaxcomplete plugin to retrieve all syntax items.  So this will effectively
+work for any of Vim's SQL syntax files.  At the time of writing this includes
+10 different syntax files for the different dialects of SQL (see section 3
+above, |sql-dialects|).
+
+Here are some examples of the entries which are pulled from the syntax files: >
+     All
+	 - Contains the contents of all syntax highlight groups
+     Statements
+	 - Select, Insert, Update, Delete, Create, Alter, ...
+     Functions
+	 - Min, Max, Trim, Round, Date, ...
+     Keywords
+	 - Index, Database, Having, Group, With
+     Options
+	 - Isolation_level, On_error, Qualify_owners, Fire_triggers, ...
+     Types
+	 - Integer, Char, Varchar, Date, DateTime, Timestamp, ...
+
+
+4.2 Dynamic Mode				*sql-completion-dynamic*
+----------------
+Dynamic mode populates the popups with data directly from a database.  In
+order for the dynamic feature to be enabled you must have the dbext.vim
+plugin installed, (http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id=356).
+
+Dynamic mode is used by several features of the SQL completion plugin.
+After installing the dbext plugin see the dbext-tutorial for additional
+configuration and usage.  The dbext plugin allows the SQL completion plugin
+to display a list of tables, procedures, views and columns. >
+     Table List
+	 - All tables for all schema owners
+     Procedure List
+	 - All stored procedures for all schema owners
+     View List
+	 - All stored procedures for all schema owners
+     Column List
+	 - For the selected table, the columns that are part of the table
+
+To enable the popup, while in INSERT mode, use the following key combinations
+for each group (where <C-C> means hold the CTRL key down while pressing
+the space bar):
+     Table List		    - <C-C>t
+			    - <C-X><C-O> (the default map assumes tables)
+     Stored Procedure List  - <C-C>p
+     View List		    - <C-C>v
+     Column List	    - <C-C>c
+
+     Windows platform only  - When viewing a popup window displaying the list
+			      of tables, you can press <C-Right>, this will
+			      replace the table currently highlighted with
+			      the column list for that table.
+			    - When viewing a popup window displaying the list
+			      of columns, you can press <C-Left>, this will
+			      replace the column list with the list of tables.
+			    - This allows you to quickly drill down into a
+			      table to view it's columns and back again.
+
+The SQL completion plugin caches various lists that are displayed in
+the popup window.  This makes the re-displaying of these lists very
+fast.  If new tables or columns are added to the database it may become
+necessary to clear the plugins cache.  The default map for this is: >
+    imap <buffer> <C-C>R <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('ResetCache')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+
+
+4.3 SQL Tutorial				*sql-completion-tutorial*
+----------------
+
+This tutorial is designed to take you through the common features of the SQL
+completion plugin so that: >
+     a) You gain familiarity with the plugin
+     b) You are introduced to some of the more common features
+     c) Show how to customize it to your preferences
+     d) Demonstrate "Best of Use" of the plugin (easiest way to configure).
+
+First, create a new buffer: >
+     :e tutorial.sql
+
+
+Static features
+---------------
+To take you through the various lists, simply enter insert mode, hit:
+    <C-C>s   (show SQL statements)
+At this point, you can page down through the list until you find "select".
+If you are familiar with the item you are looking for, for example you know
+the statement begins with the letter "s".  You can type ahead (without the
+quotes) "se" then press:
+    <C-Space>t
+Assuming "select" is highlighted in the popup list press <Enter> to choose
+the entry.  Now type:
+    * fr<C-C>a (show all syntax items)
+choose "from" from the popup list.
+
+When writing stored procedures using the "type" list is useful.  It contains
+a list of all the database supported types.  This may or may not be true
+depending on the syntax file you are using.  The SQL Anywhere syntax file
+(sqlanywhere.vim) has support for this: >
+     BEGIN
+	DECLARE customer_id <C-C>T <-- Choose a type from the list
+
+
+Dynamic features
+----------------
+To take advantage of the dynamic features you must first install the
+dbext.vim plugin (http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id=356).  It
+also comes with a tutorial.  From the SQL completion plugin's perspective,
+the main feature dbext provides is a connection to a database.  dbext
+connection profiles are the most efficient mechanism to define connection
+information.  Once connections have been setup, the SQL completion plugin
+uses the features of dbext in the background to populate the popups.
+
+What follows assumes dbext.vim has been correctly configured, a simple test
+is to run the command, :DBListTable.  If a list of tables is shown, you know
+dbext.vim is working as expected.  If not, please consult the dbext.txt
+documentation.
+
+Assuming you have followed the dbext-tutorial you can press <C-C>t to
+display a list of tables.  There is a delay while dbext is creating the table
+list.  After the list is displayed press <C-W>.  This will remove both the
+popup window and the table name already chosen when the list became active. >
+
+ 4.3.1 Table Completion:			*sql-completion-tables*
+
+Press <C-C>t to display a list of tables from within the database you
+have connected via the dbext plugin.
+NOTE: All of the SQL completion popups support typing a prefix before pressing
+the key map.  This will limit the contents of the popup window to just items
+beginning with those characters.  >
+
+ 4.3.2 Column Completion:			*sql-completion-columns*
+
+The SQL completion plugin can also display a list of columns for particular
+tables.  The column completion is trigger via <C-C>c.
+
+NOTE: The following example uses <C-Right> to trigger a column list while
+the popup window is active.  This map is only available on the Windows
+platforms since *nix does not recognize CTRL and the right arrow held down
+together.  If you wish to enable this functionality on a *nix platform choose
+a key and create one of these mappings (see |sql-completion-maps| for further
+details on where to create this imap): >
+    imap <buffer> <your_keystroke> <C-R>=sqlcomplete#DrillIntoTable()<CR>
+    imap <buffer> <your_keystroke> <C-Y><C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('column')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+
+Example of using column completion:
+     - Press <C-C>t again to display the list of tables.
+     - When the list is displayed in the completion window, press <C-Right>,
+       this will replace the list of tables, with a list of columns for the
+       table highlighted (after the same short delay).
+     - If you press <C-Left>, this will again replace the column list with the
+       list of tables.  This allows you to drill into tables and column lists
+       very quickly.
+     - Press <C-Right> again while the same table is highlighted.  You will
+       notice there is no delay since the column list has been cached.  If you
+       change the schema of a cached table you can press <C-C>R, which
+       clears the SQL completion cache.
+     - NOTE: <C-Right> and <C-Left> have been designed to work while the
+       completion window is active.  If the completion popup window is
+       not active, a normal <C-Right> or <C-Left> will be executed.
+
+Lets look how we can build a SQL statement dynamically.  A select statement
+requires a list of columns.  There are two ways to build a column list using
+the SQL completion plugin. >
+    One column at a time:
+<       1. After typing SELECT press <C-C>t to display a list of tables.
+	2. Choose a table from the list.
+	3. Press <C-Right> to display a list of columns.
+	4. Choose the column from the list and press enter.
+	5. Enter a "," and press <C-C>c.  Generating a column list
+	   generally requires having the cursor on a table name.  The plugin
+	   uses this name to determine what table to retrieve the column list.
+	   In this step, since we are pressing <C-C>c without the cursor
+	   on a table name the column list displayed will be for the previous
+	   table.  Choose a different column and move on.
+	6. Repeat step 5 as often as necessary. >
+    All columns for a table:
+<	1. After typing SELECT press <C-C>t to display a list of tables.
+	2. Highlight the table you need the column list for.
+	3. Press <Enter> to choose the table from the list.
+	4. Press <C-C>l to request a comma separated list of all columns
+	   for this table.
+	5. Based on the table name chosen in step 3, the plugin attempts to
+	   decide on a reasonable table alias.	You are then prompted to
+	   either accept of change the alias.  Press OK.
+	6. The table name is replaced with the column list of the table is
+	   replaced with the comma separate list of columns with the alias
+	   prepended to each of the columns.
+	7. Step 3 and 4 can be replaced by pressing <C-C>L, which has
+	   a <C-Y> embedded in the map to choose the currently highlighted
+	   table in the list.
+
+There is a special provision when writing select statements.  Consider the
+following statement: >
+     select *
+       from customer c,
+	    contact cn,
+	    department as dp,
+	    employee e,
+	    site_options so
+      where c.
+
+In INSERT mode after typing the final "c." which is an alias for the
+"customer" table, you can press either <C-C>c or <C-X><C-O>.  This will
+popup a list of columns for the customer table.  It does this by looking back
+to the beginning of the select statement and finding a list of the tables
+specified in the FROM clause.  In this case it notes that in the string
+"customer c", "c" is an alias for the customer table.  The optional "AS"
+keyword is also supported, "customer AS c". >
+
+
+ 4.3.3 Procedure Completion:			*sql-completion-procedures*
+
+Similar to the table list, <C-C>p, will display a list of stored
+procedures stored within the database. >
+
+ 4.3.4 View Completion:				*sql-completion-views*
+
+Similar to the table list, <C-C>v, will display a list of views in the
+database.
+
+
+4.4 Completion Customization			*sql-completion-customization*
+----------------------------
+
+The SQL completion plugin can be customized through various options set in
+your |vimrc|: >
+    omni_sql_no_default_maps
+<       - Default: This variable is not defined
+	- If this variable is defined, no maps are created for OMNI
+	  completion.  See |sql-completion-maps| for further discussion.
+>
+    omni_sql_use_tbl_alias
+<	- Default: a
+	- This setting is only used when generating a comma separated
+	  column list.	By default the map is <C-C>l.  When generating
+	  a column list, an alias can be prepended to the beginning of each
+	  column, for example:	e.emp_id, e.emp_name.  This option has three
+	  settings: >
+		n - do not use an alias
+		d - use the default (calculated) alias
+		a - ask to confirm the alias name
+<
+	  An alias is determined following a few rules:
+	       1.  If the table name has an '_', then use it as a separator: >
+		   MY_TABLE_NAME --> MTN
+		   my_table_name --> mtn
+		   My_table_NAME --> MtN
+<	       2.  If the table name does NOT contain an '_', but DOES use
+		   mixed case then the case is used as a separator: >
+		   MyTableName --> MTN
+<	       3.  If the table name does NOT contain an '_', and does NOT
+		   use mixed case then the first letter of the table is used: >
+		   mytablename --> m
+		   MYTABLENAME --> M
+
+    omni_sql_ignorecase
+<	- Default: Current setting for|ignorecase|
+	- Valid settings are 0 or 1.
+	- When entering a few letters before initiating completion, the list
+	  will be filtered to display only the entries which begin with the
+	  list of characters.  When this option is set to 0, the list will be
+	  filtered using case sensitivity. >
+
+    omni_sql_include_owner
+<	- Default: 0, unless dbext.vim 3.00 has been installed
+	- Valid settings are 0 or 1.
+	- When completing tables, procedure or views and using dbext.vim 3.00
+	  or higher the list of objects will also include the owner name.
+	  When completing these objects and omni_sql_include_owner is enabled
+	  the owner name will be replaced. >
+
+    omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups
+<	- Default:
+	  ['syntax','sqlKeyword','sqlFunction','sqlOption','sqlType','sqlStatement']
+	- sqlcomplete can be used in conjunction with other completion
+	  plugins.  This is outlined at |sql-completion-filetypes|.  When the
+	  filetype is changed temporarily to SQL, the sqlcompletion plugin
+	  will cache the syntax groups listed in the List specified in this
+	  option.
+>
+
+4.5 SQL Maps					*sql-completion-maps*
+------------
+
+The default SQL maps have been described in other sections of this document in
+greater detail.  Here is a list of the maps with a brief description of each.
+
+Static Maps
+-----------
+These are maps which use populate the completion list using Vim's syntax
+highlighting rules. >
+    <C-C>a
+<       - Displays all SQL syntax items. >
+    <C-C>k
+<       - Displays all SQL syntax items defined as 'sqlKeyword'. >
+    <C-C>f
+<       - Displays all SQL syntax items defined as 'sqlFunction. >
+    <C-C>o
+<       - Displays all SQL syntax items defined as 'sqlOption'. >
+    <C-C>T
+<       - Displays all SQL syntax items defined as 'sqlType'. >
+    <C-C>s
+<       - Displays all SQL syntax items defined as 'sqlStatement'. >
+
+Dynamic Maps
+------------
+These are maps which use populate the completion list using the dbext.vim
+plugin. >
+    <C-C>t
+<       - Displays a list of tables. >
+    <C-C>p
+<       - Displays a list of procedures. >
+    <C-C>v
+<       - Displays a list of views. >
+    <C-C>c
+<       - Displays a list of columns for a specific table. >
+    <C-C>l
+<       - Displays a comma separated list of columns for a specific table. >
+    <C-C>L
+<       - Displays a comma separated list of columns for a specific table.
+	  This should only be used when the completion window is active. >
+    <C-Right>
+<	- Displays a list of columns for the table currently highlighted in
+	  the completion window.  <C-Right> is not recognized on most Unix
+	  systems, so this maps is only created on the Windows platform.
+	  If you would like the same feature on Unix, choose a different key
+	  and make the same map in your vimrc. >
+    <C-Left>
+<	- Displays the list of tables.
+	  <C-Left> is not recognized on most Unix systems, so this maps is
+	  only created on the Windows platform.  If you would like the same
+	  feature on Unix, choose a different key and make the same map in
+	  your vimrc. >
+    <C-C>R
+<	- This maps removes all cached items and forces the SQL completion
+	  to regenerate the list of items.
+
+Customizing Maps
+----------------
+You can create as many additional key maps as you like.  Generally, the maps
+will be specifying different syntax highlight groups.
+
+If you do not wish the default maps created or the key choices do not work on
+your platform (often a case on *nix) you define the following variable in
+your |vimrc|: >
+    let g:omni_sql_no_default_maps = 1
+
+Do no edit ftplugin/sql.vim directly!  If you change this file your changes
+will be over written on future updates.  Vim has a special directory structure
+which allows you to make customizations without changing the files that are
+included with the Vim distribution.  If you wish to customize the maps
+create an after/ftplugin/sql.vim (see |after-directory|) and place the same
+maps from the ftplugin/sql.vim in it using your own key strokes.  <C-C> was
+chosen since it will work on both Windows and *nix platforms.  On the windows
+platform you can also use <C-Space> or ALT keys.
+
+
+4.6 Using with other filetypes			*sql-completion-filetypes*
+------------------------------
+
+Many times SQL can be used with different filetypes.  For example Perl, Java,
+PHP, Javascript can all interact with a database.  Often you need both the SQL
+completion as well as the completion capabilities for the current language you
+are editing.
+
+This can be enabled easily with the following steps (assuming a Perl file): >
+    1.  :e test.pl
+    2.  :set filetype=sql
+    3.  :set ft=perl
+
+Step 1
+------
+Begins by editing a Perl file.  Vim automatically sets the filetype to
+"perl".  By default, Vim runs the appropriate filetype file
+ftplugin/perl.vim.  If you are using the syntax completion plugin by following
+the directions at |ft-syntax-omni| then the |'omnifunc'| option has been set to
+"syntax#Complete".  Pressing <C-X><C-O> will display the omni popup containing
+the syntax items for Perl.
+
+Step 2
+------
+Manually setting the filetype to 'sql' will also fire the appropriate filetype
+files ftplugin/sql.vim.  This file will define a number of buffer specific
+maps for SQL completion, see |sql-completion-maps|.  Now these maps have
+been created and the SQL completion plugin has been initialized.  All SQL
+syntax items have been cached in preparation.  The SQL filetype script detects
+we are attempting to use two different completion plugins.  Since the SQL maps
+begin with <C-C>, the maps will toggle the |'omnifunc'| when in use.  So you
+can use <C-X><C-O> to continue using the completion for Perl (using the syntax
+completion plugin) and <C-C> to use the SQL completion features.
+
+Step 3
+------
+Setting the filetype back to Perl sets all the usual "perl" related items back
+as they were.
+
+
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
--- a/runtime/doc/gui.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/gui.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -325,16 +325,22 @@ A different kind of selection is used when:
 - at the |hit-enter| prompt
 - whenever the current mode is not in the 'mouse' option
 - when holding the CTRL and SHIFT keys in the GUI
+
 Since Vim continues like the selection isn't there, and there is no mode
 associated with the selection, this is called modeless selection.  Any text in
 the Vim window can be selected.  Select the text by pressing the left mouse
 button at the start, drag to the end and release.  To extend the selection,
 use the right mouse button when 'mousemodel' is "extend", or the left mouse
 button with the shift key pressed when 'mousemodel' is "popup".
-The middle mouse button pastes the text.
 The selection is removed when the selected text is scrolled or changed.
+
 On the command line CTRL-Y can be used to copy the selection into the
-clipboard.  To do this from Insert mode, use CTRL-O : CTRL-Y <CR>.
+clipboard.  To do this from Insert mode, use CTRL-O : CTRL-Y <CR>.  When
+'guioptions' contains a or A (default on X11), the selection is automatically
+copied to the "* register.
+
+The middle mouse button can then paste the text.  On non-X11 systems, you can
+use CTRL-R +.


 3.4 Using Mouse on Status Lines				*gui-mouse-status*
--- a/runtime/doc/gui_w16.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/gui_w16.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w16.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*gui_w16.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 Aug 14
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2007 Aug 30


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Jul 12
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2007 Dec 09


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ means in detail:
 - The session file is stored to a separate directory (usually $HOME/.gnome2).
 - 'sessionoptions' is ignored, and a hardcoded set of appropriate flags is
  used instead: >
-	blank,curdir,folds,globals,help,options,winsize
+	blank,curdir,folds,globals,help,options,tabpages,winsize
 - The internal variable |v:this_session| is not changed when storing the
  session.  Also, it is restored to its old value when logging in again.

--- a/runtime/doc/hangulin.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/hangulin.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Apr 02
+*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2006 Apr 02


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Chi-Deok Hwang and Sung-Hyun Nam
--- a/runtime/doc/hebrew.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/hebrew.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*hebrew.txt*    For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2003 May 11
+*hebrew.txt*    For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2007 Jun 14


 	   VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ron Aaron (and Avner Lottem)
@@ -7,11 +7,8 @@
 Hebrew Language support (options & mapping) for Vim		*hebrew*

 The supporting 'rightleft' functionality was originally created by Avner
-Lottem:
-   E-mail: alottem@iil.intel.com
-   Phone:  +972-4-8307322
-
-Ron Aaron <ron@ronware.org> is currently helping support these features.
+Lottem. <alottem at gmail dot com>  Ron Aaron <ron at ronware dot org> is
+currently helping support these features.

 {Vi does not have any of these commands}

--- a/runtime/doc/help.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/help.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Nov 07
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21

 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Special issues ~
 |farsi.txt|	Farsi (Persian) editing
 |hebrew.txt|	Hebrew language support and editing
 |russian.txt|	Russian language support and editing
-|ada.txt|	Ada (the programming language) support
+|ft_ada.txt|	Ada (the programming language) support
 |hangulin.txt|	Hangul (Korean) input mode
 |rileft.txt|	right-to-left editing mode

--- a/runtime/doc/howto.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/howto.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*howto.txt*	For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Apr 02
+*howto.txt*	For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2006 Apr 02


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
--- a/runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 03
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2007 May 03


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
--- a/runtime/doc/if_ole.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_ole.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 10
+*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2007 May 10


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
--- a/runtime/doc/if_perl.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_perl.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Mar 06
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2006 Mar 06


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
--- a/runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Apr 30
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2006 Apr 30


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
--- a/runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Apr 30
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2006 Apr 30


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
--- a/runtime/doc/if_sniff.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_sniff.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_sniff.txt*	For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*if_sniff.txt*	For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
--- a/runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Mar 06
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2006 Mar 06


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken
--- a/runtime/doc/indent.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/indent.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,22 +6,27 @@

 This file is about indenting C programs and other files.

-1. Indenting C programs		|C-indenting|
+1. Indenting C style programs	|C-indenting|
 2. Indenting by expression	|indent-expression|

 ==============================================================================
-1. Indenting C programs					*C-indenting*
+1. Indenting C style programs				*C-indenting*

-The basics for C indenting are explained in section |30.2| of the user manual.
+The basics for C style indenting are explained in section |30.2| of the user
+manual.

-Vim has options for automatically indenting C program files.  These options
-affect only the indent and do not perform other formatting.  For comment
-formatting, see |format-comments|.
+Vim has options for automatically indenting C style program files. Many
+programming languages including Java and C++ follow very closely the
+formatting conventions established with C.  These options affect only the
+indent and do not perform other formatting.  There are additional options that
+affect other kinds of formatting as well as indenting, see |format-comments|,
+|fo-table|, |gq| and |formatting| for the main ones.

 Note that this will not work when the |+smartindent| or |+cindent| features
 have been disabled at compile time.

-There are in fact four methods available for indentation:
+There are in fact four main methods available for indentation, each one
+overrides the previous if it is enabled, or non-empty for 'indentexpr':
 'autoindent'	uses the indent from the previous line.
 'smartindent'	is like 'autoindent' but also recognizes some C syntax to
 		increase/reduce the indent where appropriate.
@@ -572,6 +577,115 @@ In addition, you can turn the verbose mode for debug issue: >
 Make sure to do ":set cmdheight=2" first to allow the display of the message.


+VHDL							*ft-vhdl-indent*
+
+Alignment of generic/port mapping statements are performed by default. This
+causes the following alignment example: >
+
+  ENTITY sync IS
+  PORT (
+         clk        : IN  STD_LOGIC;
+         reset_n    : IN  STD_LOGIC;
+         data_input : IN  STD_LOGIC;
+         data_out   : OUT STD_LOGIC
+       );
+  END ENTITY sync;
+
+To turn this off, add >
+
+  let g:vhdl_indent_genportmap = 0
+
+to the .vimrc file, which causes the previous alignment example to change: >
+
+  ENTITY sync IS
+  PORT (
+    clk        : IN  STD_LOGIC;
+    reset_n    : IN  STD_LOGIC;
+    data_input : IN  STD_LOGIC;
+    data_out   : OUT STD_LOGIC
+  );
+  END ENTITY sync;
+
+----------------------------------------
+
+Alignment of right-hand side assignment "<=" statements are performed by
+default. This causes the following alignment example: >
+
+  sig_out <= (bus_a(1) AND
+             (sig_b OR sig_c)) OR
+             (bus_a(0) AND sig_d);
+
+To turn this off, add >
+
+  let g:vhdl_indent_rhsassign = 0
+
+to the .vimrc file, which causes the previous alignment example to change: >
+
+  sig_out <= (bus_a(1) AND
+    (sig_b OR sig_c)) OR
+    (bus_a(0) AND sig_d);
+
+----------------------------------------
+
+Full-line comments (lines that begin with "--") are indented to be aligned with
+the very previous line's comment, PROVIDED that a whitespace follows after
+"--".
+
+For example: >
+
+  sig_a <= sig_b; -- start of a comment
+                  -- continuation of the comment
+                  -- more of the same comment
+
+While in Insert mode, after typing "-- " (note the space " "), hitting CTRL-F
+will align the current "-- " with the previous line's "--".
+
+If the very previous line does not contain "--", THEN the full-line comment
+will be aligned with the start of the next non-blank line that is NOT a
+full-line comment.
+
+Indenting the following code: >
+
+  sig_c <= sig_d; -- comment 0
+         -- comment 1
+               -- comment 2
+    --debug_code:
+    --PROCESS(debug_in)
+         --BEGIN
+            --  FOR i IN 15 DOWNTO 0 LOOP
+             --    debug_out(8*i+7 DOWNTO 8*i) <= debug_in(15-i);
+            --  END LOOP;
+     --END PROCESS debug_code;
+
+      -- comment 3
+  sig_e <= sig_f; -- comment 4
+           -- comment 5
+
+results in: >
+
+  sig_c <= sig_d; -- comment 0
+                  -- comment 1
+                  -- comment 2
+  --debug_code:
+  --PROCESS(debug_in)
+  --BEGIN
+  --  FOR i IN 15 DOWNTO 0 LOOP
+  --    debug_out(8*i+7 DOWNTO 8*i) <= debug_in(15-i);
+  --  END LOOP;
+  --END PROCESS debug_code;
+
+  -- comment 3
+  sig_e <= sig_f; -- comment 4
+                  -- comment 5
+
+Notice that "--debug_code:" does not align with "-- comment 2"
+because there is no whitespace that follows after "--" in "--debug_code:".
+
+Given the dynamic nature of indenting comments, indenting should be done TWICE.
+On the first pass, code will be indented. On the second pass, full-line
+comments will be indented according to the correctly indented code.
+
+
 VIM							*ft-vim-indent*

 For indenting Vim scripts there is one variable that specifies the amount of
--- a/runtime/doc/index.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/index.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 05
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 May 04


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -467,6 +467,7 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 |v_ab|		ab		   "a block" from "[(" to "])" (with braces)
 |v_ap|		ap		   "a paragraph" (with white space)
 |v_as|		as		   "a sentence" (with white space)
+|v_at|		at		   "a tag block" (with white space)
 |v_aw|		aw		   "a word" (with white space)
 |v_a{|		a{		   same as aB
 |v_a}|		a}		   same as aB
@@ -484,6 +485,7 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 |v_ib|		ib		   "inner block" from "[(" to "])"
 |v_ip|		ip		   "inner paragraph"
 |v_is|		is		   "inner sentence"
+|v_it|		it		   "inner tag block"
 |v_iw|		iw		   "inner word"
 |v_i{|		i{		   same as iB
 |v_i}|		i}		   same as iB
@@ -874,6 +876,10 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 				   mode
 |v_X|		X		2  delete the highlighted lines
 |v_Y|		Y		   yank the highlighted lines
+|v_aquote|	a"		   extend highlighted area with a double
+				   quoted string
+|v_a'|		a'		   extend highlighted area with a single
+				   quoted string
 |v_a(|		a(		   same as ab
 |v_a)|		a)		   same as ab
 |v_a<|		a<		   extend highlighted area with a <> block
@@ -882,9 +888,12 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 |v_aW|		aW		   extend highlighted area with "a WORD"
 |v_a[|		a[		   extend highlighted area with a [] block
 |v_a]|		a]		   same as a[
+|v_a`|		a`		   extend highlighted area with a backtick
+				   quoted string
 |v_ab|		ab		   extend highlighted area with a () block
 |v_ap|		ap		   extend highlighted area with a paragraph
 |v_as|		as		   extend highlighted area with a sentence
+|v_at|		at		   extend highlighted area with a tag block
 |v_aw|		aw		   extend highlighted area with "a word"
 |v_a{|		a{		   same as aB
 |v_a}|		a}		   same as aB
@@ -895,6 +904,10 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 |v_gq|		gq		2  format the highlighted lines
 |v_gv|		gv		   exchange current and previous highlighted
 				   area
+|v_iquote|	i"		   extend highlighted area with a double
+				   quoted string (without quotes)
+|v_i'|		i'		   extend highlighted area with a single
+				   quoted string (without quotes)
 |v_i(|		i(		   same as ib
 |v_i)|		i)		   same as ib
 |v_i<|		i<		   extend highlighted area with inner <> block
@@ -903,9 +916,12 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 |v_iW|		iW		   extend highlighted area with "inner WORD"
 |v_i[|		i[		   extend highlighted area with inner [] block
 |v_i]|		i]		   same as i[
+|v_i`|		i`		   extend highlighted area with a backtick
+				   quoted string (without the backticks)
 |v_ib|		ib		   extend highlighted area with inner () block
 |v_ip|		ip		   extend highlighted area with inner paragraph
 |v_is|		is		   extend highlighted area with inner sentence
+|v_it|		it		   extend highlighted area with inner tag block
 |v_iw|		iw		   extend highlighted area with "inner word"
 |v_i{|		i{		   same as iB
 |v_i}|		i}		   same as iB
@@ -1339,16 +1355,14 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:print|	:p[rint]	print lines
 |:profdel|	:profd[el]	stop profiling a function or script
 |:profile|	:prof[ile]	profiling functions and scripts
-|:promptfind|	:pro[mtfind]	open GUI dialog for searching
-|:promptrepl|	:promtr[epl]	open GUI dialog for search/replace
+|:promptfind|	:pro[mptfind]	open GUI dialog for searching
+|:promptrepl|	:promptr[epl]	open GUI dialog for search/replace
 |:perldo|	:perld[o]	execute Perl command for each line
 |:pop|		:po[p]		jump to older entry in tag stack
 |:popup|	:pop[up]	popup a menu by name
 |:ppop|		:pp[op]		":pop" in preview window
 |:preserve|	:pre[serve]	write all text to swap file
 |:previous|	:prev[ious]	go to previous file in argument list
-|:promptfind|	:pro[mptfind]	Search dialog
-|:promptrepl|	:promptr[epl]	Search/Replace dialog
 |:psearch|	:ps[earch]	like ":ijump" but shows match in preview window
 |:ptag|		:pt[ag]		show tag in preview window
 |:ptNext|	:ptN[ext]	|:tNext| in preview window
@@ -1454,7 +1468,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:startinsert|	:star[tinsert]	start Insert mode
 |:startgreplace| :startg[replace] start Virtual Replace mode
 |:startreplace|	:startr[eplace]	start Replace mode
-|:stopinsert||	:stopi[nsert]	stop Insert mode
+|:stopinsert|	:stopi[nsert]	stop Insert mode
 |:stjump|	:stj[ump]	do ":tjump" and split window
 |:stselect|	:sts[elect]	do ":tselect" and split window
 |:sunhide|	:sun[hide]	same as ":unhide"
--- a/runtime/doc/insert.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/insert.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 07
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -882,12 +882,12 @@ a Vim script.
 CTRL-X CTRL-V		Guess what kind of item is in front of the cursor and
 			find the first match for it.
 			Note: When CTRL-V is mapped you can often use CTRL-Q
-			instead |i_CTRL-Q|.
+			instead of |i_CTRL-Q|.
 	CTRL-V	or
 	CTRL-N		Search forwards for next match.  This match replaces
 			the previous one.

-	CTRL-P		Search backward for previous match.  This match
+	CTRL-P		Search backwards for previous match.  This match
 			replaces the previous one.

 	CTRL-X CTRL-V	Further use of CTRL-X CTRL-V will do the same as
--- a/runtime/doc/intro.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/intro.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 07
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 24


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -120,27 +120,13 @@ NOTE:

 						*subscribe-maillist*
 If you want to join, send a message to
-	<vim-help@vim.org>
+	<vim-subscribe@vim.org>
 Make sure that your "From:" address is correct.  Then the list server will
 give you help on how to subscribe.

-You can retrieve old messages from the maillist software, and an index of
-messages.  Ask vim-help for instructions.
-
-Archives are kept at:				*maillist-archive*
-http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vim
-http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vimdev
-http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vimannounce
-http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vim-multibyte
-http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vim-mac
-
-
-Additional maillists:
-
-<vim-fr@club.voila.fr>				*french-maillist*
-	Vim list in the French language.  Subscribe by sending a message to
-		<vim-fr-subscribe@club.voila.fr>
-	Or go to http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vim-fr.
+						*maillist-archive*
+For more information and archives look on the Vim maillist page:
+http://www.vim.org/maillist.php


 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
@@ -220,6 +206,7 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Eric Fischer		Mac port, 'cindent', and other improvements
 	Benji Fisher		Answering lots of user questions
 	Bill Foster		Athena GUI port
+	Google			Lets me work on Vim one day a week
 	Loic Grenie		xvim (ideas for multi windows version)
 	Sven Guckes		Vim promotor and previous WWW page maintainer
 	Darren Hiebert		Exuberant ctags
@@ -231,7 +218,7 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Steve Kirkendall	Elvis
 	Roger Knobbe		original port to Windows NT
 	Sergey Laskavy		Vim's help from Moscow
-	Felix von Leitner	Maintainer of Vim Mailing Lists
+	Felix von Leitner	Previous maintainer of Vim Mailing Lists
 	David Leonard		Port of Python extensions to Unix
 	Avner Lottem		Edit in right-to-left windows
 	Flemming Madsen		X11 client-server, various features and patches
@@ -241,6 +228,8 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Sung-Hyun Nam		Work on multi-byte versions
 	Vince Negri		Win32 GUI and generic console enhancements
 	Steve Oualline		Author of the first Vim book |frombook|
+	Dominique Pelle		figuring out valgrind reports and fixes
+	A.Politz		Many bug reports and some fixes
 	George V. Reilly	Win32 port, Win32 GUI start-off
 	Stephen Riehm		bug collector
 	Stefan Roemer		various patches and help to users
@@ -560,7 +549,7 @@ Ex mode			Like Command-line mode, but after entering a command
 			you remain in Ex mode.  Very limited editing of the
 			command line.  |Ex-mode|

-There are five ADDITIONAL modes.  These are variants of the BASIC modes:
+There are six ADDITIONAL modes.  These are variants of the BASIC modes:

 				*Operator-pending* *Operator-pending-mode*
 Operator-pending mode	This is like Normal mode, but after an operator
@@ -574,6 +563,12 @@ Replace mode		Replace mode is a special case of Insert mode.  You
 			If the 'showmode' option is on "-- REPLACE --" is
 			shown at the bottom of the window.

+Virtual Replace mode	Virtual Replace mode is similar to Replace mode, but
+			instead of file characters you are replacing screen
+			real estate.  See |Virtual-Replace-mode|.
+			If the 'showmode' option is on "-- VREPLACE --" is
+			shown at the bottom of the window.
+
 Insert Normal mode	Entered when CTRL-O given in Insert mode.  This is
 			like Normal mode, but after executing one command Vim
 			returns to Insert mode.
@@ -608,7 +603,7 @@ CTRL-O in Insert mode you get a beep but you are still in Insert mode, type
 		TO mode						    ~
 		Normal	Visual	Select	Insert	  Replace   Cmd-line  Ex ~
 FROM mode								 ~
-Normal			v V ^V	  *4	 *1	    R	    : / ? !   Q
+Normal			v V ^V	  *4	 *1	   R gR     : / ? !   Q
 Visual		 *2		  ^G	 c C	    --	      :       --
 Select		 *5	^O ^G		 *6	    --	      --      --
 Insert		 <Esc>	  --	  --		  <Insert>    --      --
--- a/runtime/doc/map.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/map.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -266,12 +266,13 @@ as a special key.


 1.3 MAPPING AND MODES					*:map-modes*
+			*mapmode-nvo* *mapmode-n* *mapmode-v* *mapmode-o*

 There are five sets of mappings
 - For Normal mode: When typing commands.
 - For Visual mode: When typing commands while the Visual area is highlighted.
 - For Operator-pending mode: When an operator is pending (after "d", "y", "c",
-  etc.).  Example: ":omap { w" makes "y{" work like "yw" and "d{" like "dw".
+  etc.).  See below: |omap-info|.
 - For Insert mode.  These are also used in Replace mode.
 - For Command-line mode: When entering a ":" or "/" command.

@@ -282,7 +283,6 @@ to type a count with a zero.
 						*map-overview* *map-modes*
 Overview of which map command works in which mode:

-			*mapmode-nvo* *mapmode-n* *mapmode-v* *mapmode-o*
    commands:				      modes: ~
 				       Normal  Visual+Select  Operator-pending ~
 :map   :noremap   :unmap   :mapclear	 yes	    yes		   yes
@@ -318,6 +318,19 @@ Therefore the ":map" and ":map!" commands enter and display mappings for
 several modes.  In Vim you can use the ":nmap", ":vmap", ":omap", ":cmap" and
 ":imap" commands to enter mappings for each mode separately.

+							*omap-info*
+Operator-pending mappings can be used to define a movement command that can be
+used with any operator.  Simple example: ":omap { w" makes "y{" work like "yw"
+and "d{" like "dw".
+
+To ignore the starting cursor position and select different text, you can have
+the omap start Visual mode to select the text to be operated upon.  Example
+that operates on a function name in the current line: >
+	onoremap <silent> F :<C-U>normal! 0f(hviw<CR>
+The CTRL-U (<C-U>) is used to remove the range that Vim may insert.  The
+Normal mode commands find the first '(' character and select the first word
+before it.  That usually is the function name.
+
 To enter a mapping for Normal and Visual mode, but not Operator-pending mode,
 first define it for all three modes, then unmap it for Operator-pending mode:
 	:map    xx something-difficult
@@ -473,7 +486,7 @@ scenario: >
 	:imap <M-C> foo
 	:set encoding=utf-8
 The mapping for <M-C> is defined with the latin1 encoding, resulting in a 0xc3
-byte.  If you type the character <20> (0xea <M-a>) in UTF-8 encoding this is the
+byte.  If you type the character <20> (0xe1 <M-a>) in UTF-8 encoding this is the
 two bytes 0xc3 0xa1.  You don't want the 0xc3 byte to be mapped then,
 otherwise it would be impossible to type the <20> character.

@@ -494,9 +507,9 @@ defined.  Changing "mapleader" after that has no effect for already defined
 mappings.

 					*<LocalLeader>* *maplocalleader*
-Just like <Leader>, except that it uses "maplocalleader" instead of
-"mapleader".  <LocalLeader> is to be used for mappings which are local to a
-buffer.  Example: >
+<LocalLeader> is just like <Leader>, except that it uses "maplocalleader"
+instead of "mapleader".  <LocalLeader> is to be used for mappings which are
+local to a buffer.  Example: >
      :map <LocalLeader>q  \DoItNow
 <
 In a global plugin <Leader> should be used and in a filetype plugin
@@ -1167,7 +1180,7 @@ defined, not where it is invoked!  Example:
 	:source script1.vim
 	:let s:error = "Wrong!"
 	:Error s:error
-Executing script2.vim will result in "None" to be echoed.  Not what you
+Executing script2.vim will result in "None" being echoed.  Not what you
 intended!  Calling a function may be an alternative.

 Completion behavior				*:command-completion* *E179*
@@ -1203,7 +1216,7 @@ Custom completion			*:command-completion-custom*
 					*E467* *E468*
 It is possible to define customized completion schemes via the "custom,{func}"
 or the "customlist,{func}" completion argument.  The {func} part should be a
-function with the following prototype >
+function with the following signature: >

 	:function {func}(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos)

@@ -1370,10 +1383,10 @@ This will invoke: >

   :" A more substantial example
   :function Allargs(command)
-   :	let i = 0
-   :	while i < argc()
-   :	   if filereadable(argv(i))
-   :	    execute "e " . argv(i)
+   :   let i = 0
+   :   while i < argc()
+   :	  if filereadable(argv(i))
+   :	     execute "e " . argv(i)
   :	     execute a:command
   :      endif
   :      let i = i + 1
--- a/runtime/doc/mbyte.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/mbyte.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Aug 11
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ You could make a small shell script for this.
 ==============================================================================
 3.  Encoding				*mbyte-encoding*

-Vim uses the 'encoding' option to specify how characters identified and
+Vim uses the 'encoding' option to specify how characters are identified and
 encoded when they are used inside Vim.  This applies to all the places where
 text is used, including buffers (files loaded into memory), registers and
 variables.
@@ -351,6 +351,8 @@ u   unicode	same as ucs-2
 u   ucs2be	same as ucs-2 (big endian)
 u   ucs-2be	same as ucs-2 (big endian)
 u   ucs-4be	same as ucs-4 (big endian)
+u   utf-32	same as ucs-4
+u   utf-32le	same as ucs-4le
    default     stands for the default value of 'encoding', depends on the
 		environment

@@ -966,11 +968,11 @@ WHAT IS GLOBAL IME					*global-ime*
    - Active Input Method Manager (Global IME)
 	http://msdn.microsoft.com/workshop/misc/AIMM/aimm.asp

-    Support Global IME is a experimental feature.
+    Support for Global IME is an experimental feature.

 NOTE: For IME to work you must make sure the input locales of your language
 are added to your system.  The exact location of this depends on the version
-of Windows you use.  For example, on my W2P box:
+of Windows you use.  For example, on my Windows 2000 box:
 1. Control Panel
 2. Regional Options
 3. Input Locales Tab
@@ -1295,7 +1297,7 @@ Useful commands:
  characters, as hex numbers.
 - ":set encoding=utf-8 fileencodings=" forces using UTF-8 for all files.  The
  default is to use the current locale for 'encoding' and set 'fileencodings'
-  to automatically the encoding of a file.
+  to automatically detect the encoding of a file.


 STARTING VIM
--- a/runtime/doc/message.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/message.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 Mar 20
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2007 Aug 19


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ If you are lazy, it also works without the shift key: >
 	:help e72

 ==============================================================================
-2. Error messages					*error-messages*
+2. Error messages				*error-messages* *errors*

 When an error message is displayed, but it is removed before you could read
 it, you can see it again with: >
--- a/runtime/doc/mlang.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/mlang.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Jul 12
+*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 08


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -73,6 +73,9 @@ use of "-" and "_".
 			This sets $LC_TIME.
 			Without an argument both are set, and additionally
 			$LANG is set.
+			When compiled with the |+float| feature the LC_NUMERIC
+			value will always be set to "C", so that floating
+			point numbers use '.' as the decimal point.
 			This will make a difference for items that depend on
 			the language (some messages, time and date format).
 			Not fully supported on all systems
--- a/runtime/doc/motion.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/motion.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Dec 07
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 May 02


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -366,9 +366,11 @@ W			[count] WORDS forward.  |exclusive| motion.

 							*e*
 e			Forward to the end of word [count] |inclusive|.
+			Does not stop in an empty line.

 							*E*
 E			Forward to the end of WORD [count] |inclusive|.
+			Does not stop in an empty line.

 <S-Left>	or					*<S-Left>* *b*
 b			[count] words backward.  |exclusive| motion.
@@ -465,9 +467,9 @@ The definition of a sentence cannot be changed.
 							*paragraph*
 A paragraph begins after each empty line, and also at each of a set of
 paragraph macros, specified by the pairs of characters in the 'paragraphs'
-option.  The default is "IPLPPPQPP LIpplpipbp", which corresponds to the
-macros ".IP", ".LP", etc.  (These are nroff macros, so the dot must be in the
-first column).  A section boundary is also a paragraph boundary.
+option.  The default is "IPLPPPQPP TPHPLIPpLpItpplpipbp", which corresponds to
+the macros ".IP", ".LP", etc.  (These are nroff macros, so the dot must be in
+the first column).  A section boundary is also a paragraph boundary.
 Note that a blank line (only containing white space) is NOT a paragraph
 boundary.
 Also note that this does not include a '{' or '}' in the first column.  When
@@ -809,10 +811,6 @@ Lowercase marks 'a to 'z are remembered as long as the file remains in the
 buffer list.  If you remove the file from the buffer list, all its marks are
 lost.  If you delete a line that contains a mark, that mark is erased.

-To delete a mark: Create a new line, position the mark there, delete the line.
-E.g.: "o<Esc>mxdd".  This does change the file though.  Using "u" won't work,
-it also restores marks.
-
 Lowercase marks can be used in combination with operators.  For example: "d't"
 deletes the lines from the cursor position to mark 't'.  Hint: Use mark 't' for
 Top, 'b' for Bottom, etc..  Lowercase marks are restored when using undo and
@@ -1173,13 +1171,15 @@ remembered.
 					cursor is on the # or no ([{
 					following)
 			For other items the matchit plugin can be used, see
-			|matchit-install|.
+			|matchit-install|.  This plugin also helps to skip
+			matches in comments.

 			When 'cpoptions' contains "M" |cpo-M| backslashes
 			before parens and braces are ignored.  Without "M" the
 			number of backslashes matters: an even number doesn't
 			match with an odd number.  Thus in "( \) )" and "\( (
 			\)" the first and last parenthesis match.
+
 			When the '%' character is not present in 'cpoptions'
 			|cpo-%|, parens and braces inside double quotes are
 			ignored, unless the number of parens/braces in a line
@@ -1188,8 +1188,13 @@ remembered.
 			are also ignored (parens and braces inside single
 			quotes).  Note that this works fine for C, but not for
 			Perl, where single quotes are used for strings.
-			No count is allowed ({count}% jumps to a line {count}
-			percentage down the file |N%|).  Using '%' on
+
+			Nothing special is done for matches in comments.  You
+			can either use the matchit plugin |matchit-install| or
+			put quotes around matches.
+
+			No count is allowed, {count}% jumps to a line {count}
+			percentage down the file |N%|.  Using '%' on
 			#if/#else/#endif makes the movement linewise.

 						*[(*
--- a/runtime/doc/netbeans.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/netbeans.txt
@@ -1,23 +1,28 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Nov 14
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 22


-		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.


-NetBeans ExternalEditor Integration Features		*netbeans*
-							*netbeans-support*
+			*socket-interface* *netbeans* *netbeans-support*
+
+Vim NetBeans Protocol: a socket interface for Vim integration into an IDE.
+
 1.  Introduction				|netbeans-intro|
-2.  NetBeans Key Bindings			|netbeans-keybindings|
+2.  Integration features			|netbeans-integration|
 3.  Configuring Vim for NetBeans		|netbeans-configure|
-4.  Downloading NetBeans			|netbeans-download|
-5.  Preparing NetBeans for Vim			|netbeans-preparation|
-6.  Obtaining the External Editor Module	|obtaining-exted|
-7.  Setting up NetBeans to run with Vim		|netbeans-setup|
-8.  Messages					|netbeans-messages|
-9.  Running Vim from NetBeans			|netbeans-run|
-10. NetBeans protocol				|netbeans-protocol|
-11. NetBeans commands				|netbeans-commands|
-12. Known problems				|netbeans-problems|
+4.  Error Messages				|netbeans-messages|
+5.  Running Vim in NetBeans mode		|netbeans-run|
+6.  NetBeans protocol				|netbeans-protocol|
+7.  NetBeans key				|netbeans-key|
+8.  Known problems				|netbeans-problems|
+9.  Debugging NetBeans protocol			|netbeans-debugging|
+10. NetBeans External Editor
+    10.1. Downloading NetBeans			|netbeans-download|
+    10.2. NetBeans Key Bindings			|netbeans-keybindings|
+    10.3. Preparing NetBeans for Vim		|netbeans-preparation|
+    10.4. Obtaining the External Editor Module	|obtaining-exted|
+    10.5. Setting up NetBeans to run with Vim	|netbeans-setup|

 {Vi does not have any of these features}
 {only available when compiled with the |+netbeans_intg| feature}
@@ -25,13 +30,47 @@ NetBeans ExternalEditor Integration Features		*netbeans*
 ==============================================================================
 1. Introduction						*netbeans-intro*

+The NetBeans interface was initially developed to integrate Vim into the
+NetBeans Java IDE, using the external editor plugin.  This NetBeans plugin no
+longer exists for recent versions of NetBeans but the protocol was developed
+in such a way that any IDE can use it to integrate Vim.
+
+The NetBeans protocol of Vim is a text based communication protocol, over a
+classical TCP socket. There is no dependency on Java or NetBeans. Any language
+or environment providing a socket interface can control Vim using this
+protocol. There are existing implementations in C, C++, Python and Java. The
+name NetBeans is kept today for historical reasons.
+
+Current projects using the NetBeans protocol of Vim are:
+- VimIntegration, description of various projects doing Vim Integration:
+	http://www.freehackers.org/VimIntegration
+- Agide, an IDE for the AAP project, written in Python:
+	http://www.a-a-p.org
+- Clewn, a gdb integration into Vim, written in C:
+	http://clewn.sourceforge.net/
+- VimPlugin, integration of Vim inside Eclipse:
+	http://vimplugin.sourceforge.net/wiki/pmwiki.php
+- PIDA, IDE written in Python integrating Vim:
+	http://pida.co.uk/
+- VimWrapper, library to easy Vim integration into IDE:
+	http://www.freehackers.org/VimWrapper
+
+Check the specific project pages to see how to use Vim with these projects.
+
+In the rest of this help page, we will use the term "Vim Controller" to
+describe the program controlling Vim through the NetBeans socket interface.
+
+
+About the NetBeans IDE ~
+
 NetBeans is an open source Integrated Development Environment developed
 jointly by Sun Microsystems, Inc. and the netbeans.org developer community.
 Initially just a Java IDE, NetBeans has had C, C++, and Fortran support added
 in recent releases.

-For more information visit the main NetBeans web site http://www.netbeans.org
-or the NetBeans External Editor site at http://externaleditor.netbeans.org.
+For more information visit the main NetBeans web site http://www.netbeans.org.
+The External Editor is now, unfortunately, declared Obsolte.  See
+ http://externaleditor.netbeans.org.

 Sun Microsystems, Inc. also ships NetBeans under the name Sun ONE Studio.
 Visit http://www.sun.com for more information regarding the Sun ONE Studio
@@ -41,37 +80,32 @@ Current releases of NetBeans provide full support for Java and limited support
 for C, C++, and Fortran.  Current releases of Sun ONE Studio provide full
 support for Java, C, C++, and Fortran.

-The interface to NetBeans is also supported by Agide, the A-A-P GUI IDE.
-Agide is very different from NetBeans:
- Based on Python instead of Java, much smaller footprint and fast startup.
- Agide is a framework in which many different tools can work together.
-See the A-A-P website for information: http://www.A-A-P.org.
-
 ==============================================================================
-2. NetBeans Key Bindings				*netbeans-keybindings*
+2. Integration features					*netbeans-integration*

-Vim understands a number of key bindings that execute NetBeans commands.
-These are typically all the Function key combinations.  To execute a NetBeans
-command, the user must press the Pause key followed by a NetBeans key binding.
-For example, in order to compile a Java file, the NetBeans key binding is
-"F9".  So, while in vim, press "Pause F9" to compile a java file.  To toggle a
-breakpoint at the current line, press "Pause Shift F8".
+The NetBeans socket interface of Vim allows to get information from Vim or to
+ask Vim to perform specific actions:
+- get information about buffer: buffer name, cursor position, buffer content,
+  etc.
+- be notified when buffers are open or closed
+- be notified of how the buffer content is modified
+- load and save files
+- modify the buffer content
+- installing special key bindings
+- raise the window, control the window geometry

-The Pause key is Function key 21.  If you don't have a working Pause key and
-want to use F8 instead, use: >
+For sending key strokes to Vim or for evaluating functions in Vim, you must
+use the |clientserver| interface.

-	:map <F8> <F21>
-
-The External Editor module dynamically reads the NetBeans key bindings so vim
-should always have the latest key bindings, even when NetBeans changes them.

 ==============================================================================
 3. Configuring Vim for NetBeans			*netbeans-configure*

-For more help installing vim, please read |usr_90.txt| in the Vim User Manual.
+For more help installing Vim, please read |usr_90.txt| in the Vim User Manual.


-On Unix
+On Unix:
+--------

 When running configure without arguments the NetBeans interface should be
 included.  That is, if the configure check to find out if your system supports
@@ -80,15 +114,16 @@ the required features succeeds.
 In case you do not want the NetBeans interface you can disable it by
 uncommenting a line with "--disable-netbeans" in the Makefile.

-Currently, only gvim is supported in this integration as NetBeans does not
-have means to supply a terminal emulator for the vim command.  Furthermore,
+Currently, only GVim is supported in this integration as NetBeans does not
+have means to supply a terminal emulator for the Vim command.  Furthermore,
 there is only GUI support for GTK, GNOME, and Motif.

 If Motif support is required the user must supply XPM libraries.  See
 |workshop-xpm| for details on obtaining the latest version of XPM.


-On MS-Windows
+On MS-Windows:
+--------------

 The Win32 support is now in beta stage.

@@ -96,121 +131,56 @@ To use XPM signs on Win32 (e.g. when using with NetBeans) you can compile
 XPM by yourself or use precompiled libraries from http://iamphet.nm.ru/misc/
 (for MS Visual C++) or http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net (for MinGW).

-==============================================================================
-4. Downloading NetBeans					*netbeans-download*
+Enable debugging:
+-----------------

-The NetBeans IDE is available for download from netbeans.org.  You can download
-a released version, download sources, or use CVS to download the current
-source tree.  If you choose to download sources, follow directions from
-netbeans.org on building NetBeans.
-
-Depending on the version of NetBeans you download, you may need to do further
-work to get the required External Editor module.  This is the module which lets
-NetBeans work with gvim (or xemacs :-).  See http://externaleditor.netbeans.org
-for details on downloading this module if your NetBeans release does not have
-it.
-
-For C, C++, and Fortran support you will also need the cpp module.  See
-http://cpp.netbeans.org for information regarding this module.
-
-You can also download Sun ONE Studio from Sun Microsystems, Inc for a 30 day
-free trial.  See http://www.sun.com for further details.
+To enable debugging of Vim and of the NetBeans protocol, the "NBDEBUG" macro
+needs to be defined.  Search in the Makefile of the platform you are using for
+"NBDEBUG" to see what line needs to be uncommented.  This effectively adds
+"-DNBDEBUG" to the compile command.  Also see |netbeans-debugging|

 ==============================================================================
-5. Preparing NetBeans for Vim				*netbeans-preparation*
+4. Error Messages					*netbeans-messages*

-In order for NetBeans to work with vim, the NetBeans External Editor module
-must be loaded and enabled.  If you have a Sun ONE Studio Enterprise Edition
-then this module should be loaded and enabled.  If you have a NetBeans release
-you may need to find another way of obtaining this open source module.
-
-You can check if you have this module by opening the Tools->Options dialog
-and drilling down to the "Modules" list (IDE Configuration->System->Modules).
-If your Modules list has an entry for "External Editor" you must make sure
-it is enabled (the "Enabled" property should have the value "True").  If your
-Modules list has no External Editor see the next section on |obtaining-exted|.
-
-==============================================================================
-6. Obtaining the External Editor Module			    *obtaining-exted*
-
-There are 2 ways of obtaining the External Editor module.  The easiest way
-is to use the NetBeans Update Center to download and install the module.
-Unfortunately, some versions do not have this module in their update
-center.  If you cannot download via the update center you will need to
-download sources and build the module.  I will try and get the module
-available from the NetBeans Update Center so building will be unnecessary.
-Also check http://externaleditor.netbeans.org for other availability options.
-
-To download the External Editor sources via CVS and build your own module,
-see http://externaleditor.netbeans.org and http://www.netbeans.org.
-Unfortunately, this is not a trivial procedure.
-
-==============================================================================
-7. Setting up NetBeans to run with Vim			    *netbeans-setup*
-
-Assuming you have loaded and enabled the NetBeans External Editor module
-as described in |netbeans-preparation| all you need to do is verify that
-the gvim command line is properly configured for your environment.
-
-Open the Tools->Options dialog and open the Editing category.  Select the
-External Editor.  The right hand pane should contain a Properties tab and
-an Expert tab.  In the Properties tab make sure the "Editor Type" is set
-to "Vim".  In the Expert tab make sure the "Vim Command" is correct.
-
-You should be careful if you change the "Vim Command".  There are command
-line options there which must be there for the connection to be properly
-set up.  You can change the command name but that's about it.  If your gvim
-can be found by your $PATH then the VIM Command can start with "gvim".  If
-you don't want gvim searched from your $PATH then hard code in the full
-Unix path name.  At this point you should get a gvim for any source file
-you open in NetBeans.
-
-If some files come up in gvim and others (with different file suffixes) come
-up in the default NetBeans editor you should verify the MIME type in the
-Expert tab MIME Type property.  NetBeans is MIME oriented and the External
-Editor will only open MIME types specified in this property.
-
-==============================================================================
-8. Messages						*netbeans-messages*
-
-These messages are specific for NetBeans:
+These error messages are specific to NetBeans socket protocol:

 							*E463*
 Region is guarded, cannot modify
-		NetBeans defines guarded areas in the text, which you cannot
-		change.
-		Also sets the current buffer, if necessary.
+		The Vim Controller has defined guarded areas in the text,
+		which you cannot change.  Also sets the current buffer, if
+		necessary.

 							*E656*
-NetBeans disallows writes of unmodified buffers
-		NetBeans does not support writes of unmodified buffers that
-		were opened from NetBeans.
+Writes of unmodified buffers forbidden
+		Writes of unmodified buffers that were opened from the
+		Vim Controller are not possible.

 							*E657*
-Partial writes disallowed for NetBeans buffers
-		NetBeans does not support partial writes for buffers that were
-		opened from NetBeans.
+Partial writes disallowed
+		Partial writes for buffers that were opened from the
+		Vim Controller are not allowed.

 							*E658*
-NetBeans connection lost for this buffer
-		NetBeans has become confused about the state of this file.
-		Rather than risk data corruption, NetBeans has severed the
-		connection for this file.  Vim will take over responsibility
-		for saving changes to this file and NetBeans will no longer
-		know of these changes.
+Connection lost for this buffer
+		The Vim Controller has become confused about the state of
+		this file.  Rather than risk data corruption, it has severed
+		the connection for this file.  Vim will take over
+		responsibility for saving changes to this file and the
+		Vim Controller will no longer know of these changes.

 							*E744*
-NetBeans does not allow changes in read-only files
+Read-only file
 		Vim normally allows changes to a read-only file and only
 		enforces the read-only rule if you try to write the file.
 		However, NetBeans does not let you make changes to a file
-		which is read-only and becomes confused if vim does this.
-		So vim does not allow modifications to files when run with
-		NetBeans.
-==============================================================================
-9. Running Vim from NetBeans				*netbeans-run*
+		which is read-only and becomes confused if Vim does this.
+		So Vim does not allow modifications to files when run
+		in NetBeans mode.

-NetBeans starts Vim with the |-nb| argument.  Three forms can be used, that
+==============================================================================
+5. Running Vim in NetBeans mode				*netbeans-run*
+
+Vim must be started with the |-nb| argument.  Three forms can be used, that
 differ in the way the information for the connection is specified:

 	-nb={fname}				from a file
@@ -231,23 +201,29 @@ lines, in any order:
 Other lines are ignored.  The caller of Vim is responsible for deleting the
 file afterwards.

-{hostname} is the name of the machine where NetBeans is running.  When omitted
-the environment variable "__NETBEANS_HOST" is used or the default "localhost".
+{hostname} is the name of the machine where Vim Controller is running.  When
+omitted the environment variable "__NETBEANS_HOST" is used or the default
+"localhost".

-{addr} is the port number for NetBeans.  When omitted the environment variable
-"__NETBEANS_SOCKET" is used or the default 3219.
+{addr} is the port number for the NetBeans interface.  When omitted the
+environment variable "__NETBEANS_SOCKET" is used or the default 3219.

 {password} is the password for connecting to NetBeans.  When omitted the
 environment variable "__NETBEANS_VIM_PASSWORD" is used or "changeme".

-==============================================================================
-10. NetBeans protocol					*netbeans-protocol*
+Vim will initiate a socket connection (client side) to the specified host and
+port upon startup. The password will be sent with the AUTH event when the
+connection has been established.

-The communication between NetBeans and Vim uses plain text messages.  This
-protocol was first designed to work with the external editor module of
-NetBeans (see http://externaleditor.netbeans.org).  Later it was extended to
-work with Agide (A-A-P GUI IDE, see http://www.a-a-p.org).  The extensions are
-marked with "version 2.1".
+
+==============================================================================
+6. NetBeans protocol					*netbeans-protocol*
+
+The communication between the Vim Controller and Vim uses plain text
+messages.  This protocol was first designed to work with the external editor
+module of NetBeans.  Later it was extended to work with Agide (A-A-P GUI IDE,
+see http://www.a-a-p.org) and then with other IDE. The extensions are marked
+with "version 2.1".

 Version 2.2 of the protocol has several minor changes which should only affect
 NetBeans users (ie, not Agide users).  However, a bug was fixed which could
@@ -266,26 +242,16 @@ The messages are currently sent over a socket.  Since the messages are in
 plain UTF-8 text this protocol could also be used with any other communication
 mechanism.

-To see an example implementation look at the gvim tool in Agide.  Currently
-found here:
-	http://cvs.sf.net/viewcvs.py/a-a-p/Agide/Tools/GvimTool.py?view=markup
+6.1 Kinds of messages		|nb-messages|
+6.2 Terms			|nb-terms|
+6.3 Commands			|nb-commands|
+6.4 Functions and Replies	|nb-functions|
+6.5 Events			|nb-events|
+6.6 Special messages		|nb-special|
+6.7 Protocol errors		|nb-protocol_errors|


-
-10.1 Kinds of messages		|nb-messages|
-10.2 Terms			|nb-terms|
-10.3 Commands			|nb-commands|
-10.4 Functions and Replies	|nb-functions|
-10.5 Events			|nb-events|
-10.6 Special messages		|nb-special|
-
-*E627* *E628* *E629* *E630* *E631* *E632* *E633* *E634* *E635* *E636*
-*E637* *E638* *E639* *E640* *E641* *E642* *E643* *E644* *E645* *E646*
-*E647* *E648* *E649* *E650* *E651* *E652* *E653* *E654*
-These errors occur when a message violates the protocol.
-
-
-10.1 Kinds of messages					*nb-messages*
+6.1 Kinds of messages					*nb-messages*

 There are four kinds of messages:

@@ -303,10 +269,11 @@ kind		first item		example ~
 Command		bufID:name!seqno	11:showBalloon!123 "text"
 Function	bufID:name/seqno	11:getLength/123
 Reply		seqno			123 5000
-Event		bufID:name=123		11:keyCommand=123 "S-F2"
+Event		bufID:name=seqno	11:keyCommand=123 "S-F2"


-10.2 Terms						*nb-terms*
+
+6.2 Terms						*nb-terms*

 bufID		Buffer number.  A message may be either for a specific buffer
 		or generic.  Generic messages use a bufID of zero.  NOTE: this
@@ -353,7 +320,7 @@ lnum/col	Argument with a line number and column number position.  The
 pathname	String argument: file name with full path.


-10.3 Commands						*nb-commands*
+6.3 Commands						*nb-commands*

 actionMenuItem	Not implemented.

@@ -381,8 +348,8 @@ close		Close the buffer.  This leaves us without current buffer, very

 create		Creates a buffer without a name.  Replaces the current buffer
 		(it's hidden when it was changed).
-		NetBeans uses this as the first command for a file that is
-		being opened.  The sequence of commands could be:
+		The Vim Controller should use this as the first command for a
+		file that is being opened.  The sequence of commands could be:
 			create
 			setCaretListener	(ignored)
 			setModified		(no effect)
@@ -413,9 +380,14 @@ defineAnnoType typeNum typeName tooltip glyphFile fg bg
 editFile pathname
 		Set the name for the buffer and edit the file "pathname", a
 		string argument.
-		Normal way for the IDE to tell the editor to edit a file.  If
-		the IDE is going to pass the file text to the editor use these
-		commands instead:
+		Normal way for the IDE to tell the editor to edit a file.
+
+		You must set a bufId different of 0 with this command to
+		assign a bufId to the buffer. It will trigger an event
+		fileOpened with a bufId of 0 but the buffer has been assigned.
+
+		If the IDE is going to pass the file text to the editor use
+		these commands instead:
 			setFullName
 			insert
 			initDone
@@ -437,10 +409,10 @@ initDone	Mark the buffer as ready for use.  Implicitly makes the buffer
 		the current buffer.  Fires the BufReadPost autocommand event.

 insertDone
-		Sent by NetBeans to tell vim an initial file insert is done.
-		This triggers a read message being printed.  Prior to version
-		2.3, no read messages were displayed after opening a file.
-		New in version 2.3.
+		Sent by Vim Controller to tell Vim an initial file insert is
+		done.  This triggers a read message being printed.  Prior to
+		version 2.3, no read messages were displayed after opening a
+		file.  New in version 2.3.

 moveAnnoToFront serNum
 		Not implemented.
@@ -476,9 +448,9 @@ save		Save the buffer when it was modified.  The other side of the
 		New in version 2.2.

 saveDone
-		Sent by NetBeans to tell vim a save is done.  This triggers
-		a save message being printed.  Prior to version 2.3, no save
-		messages were displayed after a save.
+		Sent by Vim Controller to tell Vim a save is done.  This
+		triggers a save message being printed.  Prior to version 2.3,
+		no save messages were displayed after a save.
 		New in version 2.3.

 setAsUser	Not implemented.
@@ -525,19 +497,20 @@ setModified modified
 		modified, when it is "F" mark it as unmodified.

 setModtime time
-		Update a buffers modification time after NetBeans saves the
-		file.
+		Update a buffers modification time after the file has been
+		saved directly by the Vim Controller.
 		New in version 2.3.

 setReadOnly
-		Passed by NetBeans to tell vim a file is readonly.
-		Implemented in verion 2.3.
+		Set a file as readonly
+		Implemented in version 2.3.

 setStyle	Not implemented.

 setTitle name
 		Set the title for the buffer to "name", a string argument.
-		The title is only used for NetBeans functions, not by Vim.
+		The title is only used for the Vim Controller functions, not
+		by Vim.

 setVisible visible
 		When the boolean argument "visible" is "T", goto the buffer.
@@ -551,8 +524,8 @@ showBalloon text

 specialKeys
 		Map a set of keys (mostly function keys) to be passed back
-		to NetBeans for processing.  This lets NetBeans hotkeys be
-		used from vim.
+		to the Vim Controller for processing.  This lets regular IDE
+		hotkeys be used from Vim.
 		Implemented in version 2.3.

 startAtomic	Begin an atomic operation.  The screen will not be updated
@@ -583,7 +556,7 @@ unguard off len
 version		Not implemented.


-10.4 Functions and Replies				*nb-functions*
+6.4 Functions and Replies				*nb-functions*

 getDot		Not implemented.

@@ -630,7 +603,7 @@ getText		Return the contents of the buffer as a string.
 insert off text
 		Insert "text" before position "off".  "text" is a string
 		argument, "off" a number.
-		"off" should have a "\n" (newline) at the end of each line.
+		"text" should have a "\n" (newline) at the end of each line.
 		Or "\r\n" when 'fileformat' is "dos".  When using "insert" in
 		an empty buffer Vim will set 'fileformat' accordingly.
 		When "off" points to the start of a line the text is inserted
@@ -665,7 +638,7 @@ saveAndExit	Perform the equivalent of closing Vim: ":confirm qall".
 		New in version 2.1.


-10.5 Events						*nb-events*
+6.5 Events						*nb-events*

 balloonEval off len type
 		The mouse pointer rests on text for a short while.  When "len"
@@ -685,15 +658,15 @@ balloonText text
 buttonRelease button lnum col
 		Report which button was pressed and the location of the cursor
 		at the time of the release.  Only for buffers that are owned
-		by NetBeans.  This event is not sent if the button was
-		released while the mouse was in the status line or in a
+		by the Vim Controller.  This event is not sent if the button
+		was released while the mouse was in the status line or in a
 		separator line.  If col is less than 1 the button release was
 		in the sign area.
 		New in version 2.2.

 disconnect
-		Tell NetBeans that vim is exiting and not to try and read or
-		write more commands.
+		Tell the Vim Controller that Vim is exiting and not to try and
+		read or write more commands.
 		New in version 2.3.

 fileClosed	Not implemented.
@@ -776,10 +749,10 @@ unmodified	The buffer is now unmodified.
 		Only fired when enabled, see "startDocumentListen".

 version vers	Report the version of the interface implementation.  Vim
-		reports "2.2" (including the quotes).
+		reports "2.4" (including the quotes).


-10.6 Special messages					*nb-special*
+6.6 Special messages					*nb-special*

 These messages do not follow the style of the messages above.  They are
 terminated by a newline character.
@@ -801,22 +774,164 @@ DETACH		IDE -> editor: break the connection without exiting the

 REJECT		Not used.

+
+6.7 Protocol errors					*nb-protocol_errors*
+
+These errors occur when a message violates the protocol:
+*E627* *E628* *E629* *E630* *E631* *E632* *E633* *E634* *E635* *E636*
+*E637* *E638* *E639* *E640* *E641* *E642* *E643* *E644* *E645* *E646*
+*E647* *E648* *E649* *E650* *E651* *E652* *E653* *E654*
+
+
 ==============================================================================
-11. NetBeans Commands					*netbeans-commands*
+7. NetBeans key						*netbeans-key*

 							*:nbkey*
-:nbkey key			Pass the key to NetBeans for processing
+:nbkey key		Pass the key to the Vim Controller for processing
+
+When a hot-key has been installed with the specialKeys command, this command
+can be used to generate a hotkey messages to the Vim Controller. The events
+newDotAndMark, keyCommand and keyAtPos are generated (in this order).

-Pass the key to NetBeans for hot-key processing.  You should not need to use
-this command directly.  However, NetBeans passes a list of hot-keys to Vim at
-startup and when one of these keys is pressed, this command is generated to
-send the key press back to NetBeans.

 ==============================================================================
-12. Known problems					*netbeans-problems*
+8. Known problems					*netbeans-problems*

 NUL bytes are not possible.  For editor -> IDE they will appear as NL
 characters.  For IDE -> editor they cannot be inserted.


+==============================================================================
+9. Debugging NetBeans protocol				*netbeans-debugging*
+
+To debug the Vim protocol, you must first compile Vim with debugging support
+and NetBeans debugging support.  See |netbeans-configure| for instructions
+about Vim compiling and how to enable debug support.
+
+When running Vim, set the following environment variables:
+
+    export SPRO_GVIM_DEBUG=netbeans.log
+    export SPRO_GVIM_DLEVEL=0xffffffff
+
+Vim will then log all the incoming and outgoing messages of the NetBeans
+protocol to the file netbeans.log .
+
+The content of netbeans.log after a session looks like this:
+Tue May 20 17:19:27 2008
+EVT: 0:startupDone=0
+CMD 1: (1) create
+CMD 2: (1) setTitle "testfile1.txt"
+CMD 3: (1) setFullName "testfile1.txt"
+EVT(suppressed): 1:remove=3 0 -1
+EVT: 1:fileOpened=0 "d:\\work\\vimWrapper\\vimWrapper2\\pyvimwrapper\\tests\\testfile1.txt" T F
+CMD 4: (1) initDone
+FUN 5: (0) getCursor
+REP 5: 1 1 0 0
+CMD 6: (2) create
+CMD 7: (2) setTitle "testfile2.txt"
+CMD 8: (2) setFullName "testfile2.txt"
+EVT(suppressed): 2:remove=8 0 -1
+EVT: 2:fileOpened=0 "d:\\work\\vimWrapper\\vimWrapper2\\pyvimwrapper\\tests\\testfile2.txt" T F
+CMD 9: (2) initDone
+
+
+==============================================================================
+10. NetBeans External Editor
+
+NOTE: This information is obsolete!  Only relevant if you are using an old
+version of NetBeans.
+
+
+10.1. Downloading NetBeans			*netbeans-download*
+
+The NetBeans IDE is available for download from netbeans.org.  You can download
+a released version, download sources, or use CVS to download the current
+source tree.  If you choose to download sources, follow directions from
+netbeans.org on building NetBeans.
+
+Depending on the version of NetBeans you download, you may need to do further
+work to get the required External Editor module.  This is the module which lets
+NetBeans work with gvim (or xemacs :-).  See http://externaleditor.netbeans.org
+for details on downloading this module if your NetBeans release does not have
+it.
+
+For C, C++, and Fortran support you will also need the cpp module.  See
+http://cpp.netbeans.org for information regarding this module.
+
+You can also download Sun ONE Studio from Sun Microsystems, Inc for a 30 day
+free trial.  See http://www.sun.com for further details.
+
+
+10.2. NetBeans Key Bindings			*netbeans-keybindings*
+
+Vim understands a number of key bindings that execute NetBeans commands.
+These are typically all the Function key combinations.  To execute a NetBeans
+command, the user must press the Pause key followed by a NetBeans key binding.
+For example, in order to compile a Java file, the NetBeans key binding is
+"F9".  So, while in vim, press "Pause F9" to compile a java file.  To toggle a
+breakpoint at the current line, press "Pause Shift F8".
+
+The Pause key is Function key 21.  If you don't have a working Pause key and
+want to use F8 instead, use: >
+
+	:map <F8> <F21>
+
+The External Editor module dynamically reads the NetBeans key bindings so vim
+should always have the latest key bindings, even when NetBeans changes them.
+
+
+10.3. Preparing NetBeans for Vim		*netbeans-preparation*
+
+In order for NetBeans to work with vim, the NetBeans External Editor module
+must be loaded and enabled.  If you have a Sun ONE Studio Enterprise Edition
+then this module should be loaded and enabled.  If you have a NetBeans release
+you may need to find another way of obtaining this open source module.
+
+You can check if you have this module by opening the Tools->Options dialog
+and drilling down to the "Modules" list (IDE Configuration->System->Modules).
+If your Modules list has an entry for "External Editor" you must make sure
+it is enabled (the "Enabled" property should have the value "True").  If your
+Modules list has no External Editor see the next section on |obtaining-exted|.
+
+
+10.4. Obtaining the External Editor Module	*obtaining-exted*
+
+There are 2 ways of obtaining the External Editor module.  The easiest way
+is to use the NetBeans Update Center to download and install the module.
+Unfortunately, some versions do not have this module in their update
+center.  If you cannot download via the update center you will need to
+download sources and build the module.  I will try and get the module
+available from the NetBeans Update Center so building will be unnecessary.
+Also check http://externaleditor.netbeans.org for other availability options.
+
+To download the External Editor sources via CVS and build your own module,
+see http://externaleditor.netbeans.org and http://www.netbeans.org.
+Unfortunately, this is not a trivial procedure.
+
+
+10.5. Setting up NetBeans to run with Vim	*netbeans-setup*
+
+Assuming you have loaded and enabled the NetBeans External Editor module
+as described in |netbeans-preparation| all you need to do is verify that
+the gvim command line is properly configured for your environment.
+
+Open the Tools->Options dialog and open the Editing category.  Select the
+External Editor.  The right hand pane should contain a Properties tab and
+an Expert tab.  In the Properties tab make sure the "Editor Type" is set
+to "Vim".  In the Expert tab make sure the "Vim Command" is correct.
+
+You should be careful if you change the "Vim Command".  There are command
+line options there which must be there for the connection to be properly
+set up.  You can change the command name but that's about it.  If your gvim
+can be found by your $PATH then the VIM Command can start with "gvim".  If
+you don't want gvim searched from your $PATH then hard code in the full
+Unix path name.  At this point you should get a gvim for any source file
+you open in NetBeans.
+
+If some files come up in gvim and others (with different file suffixes) come
+up in the default NetBeans editor you should verify the MIME type in the
+Expert tab MIME Type property.  NetBeans is MIME oriented and the External
+Editor will only open MIME types specified in this property.
+
+
 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
--- a/runtime/doc/options.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/options.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2008 Feb 24
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 24


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -111,19 +111,31 @@ and the following arguments will be ignored.
 When 'verbose' is non-zero, displaying an option value will also tell where it
 was last set.  Example: >
 	:verbose set shiftwidth cindent?
-	  shiftwidth=4
-		  Last set from modeline
-	  cindent
-		  Last set from /usr/local/share/vim/vim60/ftplugin/c.vim
-This is only done when specific option values are requested, not for ":set
-all" or ":set" without an argument.
-When the option was set by hand there is no "Last set" message.  There is only
-one value for all local options with the same name.  Thus the message applies
-to the option name, not necessarily its value.
+<	  shiftwidth=4 ~
+		  Last set from modeline ~
+	  cindent ~
+		  Last set from /usr/local/share/vim/vim60/ftplugin/c.vim ~
+This is only done when specific option values are requested, not for ":verbose
+set all" or ":verbose set" without an argument.
+When the option was set by hand there is no "Last set" message.
 When the option was set while executing a function, user command or
 autocommand, the script in which it was defined is reported.
 Note that an option may also have been set as a side effect of setting
 'compatible'.
+A few special texts:
+	Last set from modeline ~
+		Option was set in a |modeline|.
+	Last set from --cmd argument ~
+		Option was set with command line argument |--cmd| or +.
+	Last set from -c argument ~
+		Option was set with command line argument |-c|, +, |-S| or
+		|-q|.
+	Last set from environment variable ~
+		Option was set from an environment variable, $VIMINIT,
+		$GVIMINIT or $EXINIT.
+	Last set from error handler ~
+		Option was cleared when evaluating it resulted in an error.
+
 {not available when compiled without the +eval feature}

 							*:set-termcap* *E522*
@@ -265,7 +277,10 @@ You will not get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited
 			Without argument: Display all local option's local
 			values which are different from the default.
 			When displaying a specific local option, show the
-			local value.  For a global option the global value is
+			local value.  For a global/local boolean option, when
+			the global value is being used, "--" is displayed
+			before the option name.
+			For a global option the global value is
 			shown (but that might change in the future).
 			{not in Vi}

@@ -797,7 +812,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.

 	When 'background' is set Vim will adjust the default color groups for
 	the new value.  But the colors used for syntax highlighting will not
-	change.
+	change.					*g:colors_name*
 	When a color scheme is loaded (the "colors_name" variable is set)
 	setting 'background' will cause the color scheme to be reloaded.  If
 	the color scheme adjusts to the value of 'background' this will work.
@@ -1148,9 +1163,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'browsedir'* *'bsdir'*
 'browsedir' 'bsdir'	string	(default: "last")
 			global
-			{not in Vi} {only for Motif and Win32 GUI}
+			{not in Vi} {only for Motif, Athena, GTK, Mac and
+			Win32 GUI}
 	Which directory to use for the file browser:
-	   last		Use same directory as with last file browser.
+	   last		Use same directory as with last file browser, where a
+	   		file was opened or saved.
 	   buffer	Use the directory of the related buffer.
 	   current	Use the current directory.
 	   {path}	Use the specified directory
@@ -1343,7 +1360,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+cindent|
 			feature}
-	Enables automatic C program indenting  See 'cinkeys' to set the keys
+	Enables automatic C program indenting.  See 'cinkeys' to set the keys
 	that trigger reindenting in insert mode and 'cinoptions' to set your
 	preferred indent style.
 	If 'indentexpr' is not empty, it overrules 'cindent'.
@@ -1711,7 +1728,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	tabs followed by spaces as required (unless |'expandtab'| is enabled,
 	in which case only spaces are used).  Enabling this option makes the
 	new line copy whatever characters were used for indenting on the
-	existing line.  If the new indent is greater than on the existing
+	existing line.  'expandtab' has no effect on these characters, a Tab
+	remains a Tab.  If the new indent is greater than on the existing
 	line, the remaining space is filled in the normal manner.
 	NOTE: 'copyindent' is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 	Also see 'preserveindent'.
@@ -2423,8 +2441,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	External program to use for "=" command.  When this option is empty
-	the internal formatting functions are used ('lisp', 'cindent' or
-	'indentexpr').
+	the internal formatting functions are used; either 'lisp', 'cindent'
+	or 'indentexpr'.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.  See |option-backslash|
 	about including spaces and backslashes.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
@@ -3362,7 +3380,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
 		When 'e' is missing a non-GUI tab pages line may be used.
 		The GUI tabs are only supported on some systems, currently
-		GTK, Motif and MS-Windows.
+		GTK, Motif, Mac OS/X and MS-Windows.
 								*'go-f'*
 	  'f'	Foreground: Don't use fork() to detach the GUI from the shell
 		where it was started.  Use this for programs that wait for the
@@ -3618,7 +3636,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When you get bored looking at the highlighted matches, you can turn it
 	off with |:nohlsearch|.  As soon as you use a search command, the
 	highlighting comes back.
-	'redrawtime' specifies the maximum time spend on finding matches.
+	'redrawtime' specifies the maximum time spent on finding matches.
 	When the search pattern can match an end-of-line, Vim will try to
 	highlight all of the matched text.  However, this depends on where the
 	search starts.  This will be the first line in the window or the first
@@ -3917,12 +3935,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 	When doing keyword completion in insert mode |ins-completion|, and
-	'ignorecase' is also on, the case of the match is adjusted.  If the
-	typed text contains a lowercase letter where the match has an upper
-	case letter, the completed part is made lowercase.  If the typed text
-	has no lowercase letters and the match has a lowercase letter where
-	the typed text has an uppercase letter, and there is a letter before
-	it, the completed part is made uppercase.
+	'ignorecase' is also on, the case of the match is adjusted depending
+	on the typed text.  If the typed text contains a lowercase letter
+	where the match has an upper case letter, the completed part is made
+	lowercase.  If the typed text has no lowercase letters and the match
+	has a lowercase letter where the typed text has an uppercase letter,
+	and there is a letter before it, the completed part is made uppercase.
+	With 'noinfercase' the match is used as-is.

 			*'insertmode'* *'im'* *'noinsertmode'* *'noim'*
 'insertmode' 'im'	boolean	(default off)
@@ -3967,6 +3986,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Multi-byte characters 256 and above are always included, only the
 	characters up to 255 are specified with this option.
 	For UTF-8 the characters 0xa0 to 0xff are included as well.
+	Think twice before adding white space to this option.  Although a
+	space may appear inside a file name, the effect will be that Vim
+	doesn't know where a file name starts or ends when doing completion.
+	It most likely works better without a space in 'isfname'.

 	Note that on systems using a backslash as path separator, Vim tries to
 	do its best to make it work as you would expect.  That is a bit
@@ -3993,7 +4016,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	are included.  Normally these are the characters a to z and A to Z,
 	plus accented characters.  To include '@' itself use "@-@".  Examples:
 		"@,^a-z"	All alphabetic characters, excluding lower
-				case letters.
+				case ASCII letters.
 		"a-z,A-Z,@-@"	All letters plus the '@' character.
 	A comma can be included by using it where a character number is
 	expected.  Example:
@@ -4617,8 +4640,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	Enable the use of the mouse.  Only works for certain terminals
-	(xterm, MS-DOS, Win32 |win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, and Linux console
-	with gpm).  For using the mouse in the GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
+	(xterm, MS-DOS, Win32 |win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with
+	sysmouse and Linux console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the
+	GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
 	The mouse can be enabled for different modes:
 		n	Normal mode
 		v	Visual mode
@@ -4948,6 +4972,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that typing <F10> in paste mode inserts "<F10>", since in paste
 	mode everything is inserted literally, except the 'pastetoggle' key
 	sequence.
+	When the value has several bytes 'ttimeoutlen' applies.

 						*'pex'* *'patchexpr'*
 'patchexpr' 'pex'	string	(default "")
@@ -5054,6 +5079,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	enabled, in which case only spaces are used).  Enabling this option
 	means the indent will preserve as many existing characters as possible
 	for indenting, and only add additional tabs or spaces as required.
+	'expandtab' does not apply to the preserved white space, a Tab remains
+	a Tab.
 	NOTE: When using ">>" multiple times the resulting indent is a mix of
 	tabs and spaces.  You might not like this.
 	NOTE: 'preserveindent' is reset when 'compatible' is set.
@@ -5894,6 +5921,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	pattern (if there is one) as possible matches.  Thus, if you have
 	matched a C function, you can see a template for what arguments are
 	required (coding style permitting).
+	Note that this doesn't work well together with having "longest" in
+	'completeopt', because the completion from the search pattern may not
+	match the typed text.

 				 *'showmatch'* *'sm'* *'noshowmatch'* *'nosm'*
 'showmatch' 'sm'	boolean	(default off)
@@ -6478,6 +6508,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   split	If included, split the current window before loading
 			a buffer.  Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
 			Supported in |quickfix| commands that display errors.
+	   newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
+	   		"split" when both are present.

 						*'synmaxcol'* *'smc'*
 'synmaxcol' 'smc'	number	(default 3000)
@@ -6602,7 +6634,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.

 	Linear searching is done anyway, for one file, when Vim finds a line
 	at the start of the file indicating that it's not sorted: >
-   !_TAG_FILE_SORTED	0	/some command/
+   !_TAG_FILE_SORTED	0	/some comment/
 <	[The whitespace before and after the '0' must be a single <Tab>]

 	When a binary search was done and no match was found in any of the
@@ -7089,7 +7121,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"xterm", when the terminal name doesn't start with "xterm", but it can
 	handle xterm mouse codes.
 	The "xterm2" value will be set if the xterm version is reported to be
-	95 of higher.  This only works when compiled with the |+termresponse|
+	95 or higher.  This only works when compiled with the |+termresponse|
 	feature and if |t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the
 	xterm version number.  Otherwise "xterm2" must be set explicitly.
 	If you do not want 'ttymouse' to be set to "xterm2" automatically, set
@@ -7424,6 +7456,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Character you have to type to start wildcard expansion in the
 	command-line, as specified with 'wildmode'.
+	More info here: |cmdline-completion|.
 	The character is not recognized when used inside a macro.  See
 	'wildcharm' for that.
 	Although 'wc' is a number option, you can set it to a special key: >
@@ -7441,7 +7474,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	you'll never actually type 'wildcharm', just use it in mappings that
 	automatically invoke completion mode, e.g.: >
 		:set wcm=<C-Z>
-		:cmap ss so $vim/sessions/*.vim<C-Z>
+		:cnoremap ss so $vim/sessions/*.vim<C-Z>
 <	Then after typing :ss you can use CTRL-P & CTRL-N.

 						*'wildignore'* *'wig'*
@@ -7536,6 +7569,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	List all matches without completing, then each full match >
 		:set wildmode=longest,list
 <	Complete longest common string, then list alternatives.
+	More info here: |cmdline-completion|.

 						*'wildoptions'* *'wop'*
 'wildoptions' 'wop'	string	(default "")
@@ -7596,13 +7630,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Minimal number of lines for the current window.  This is not a hard
 	minimum, Vim will use fewer lines if there is not enough room.  If the
-	current window is smaller, its size is increased, at the cost of the
-	height of other windows.  Set it to 999 to make the current window
-	always fill the screen (although this has the drawback that ":all"
-	will create only two windows).  Set it to a small number for normal
-	editing.
-	Minimum value is 1.
-	The height is not adjusted after one of the commands to change the
+	focus goes to a window that is smaller, its size is increased, at the
+	cost of the height of other windows.
+	Set 'winheight' to a small number for normal editing.
+	Set it to 999 to make the current window fill most of the screen.
+	Other windows will be only 'winminheight' high.  This has the drawback
+	that ":all" will create only two windows.  To avoid "vim -o 1 2 3 4"
+	to create only two windows, set the option after startup is done,
+	using the |VimEnter| event: >
+		au VimEnter * set winheight=999
+<	Minimum value is 1.
+	The height is not adjusted after one of the commands that change the
 	height of the current window.
 	'winheight' applies to the current window.  Use 'winminheight' to set
 	the minimal height for other windows.
--- a/runtime/doc/os_390.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_390.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Ralf Schandl
--- a/runtime/doc/os_amiga.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_amiga.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_amiga.txt*  For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_amiga.txt*  For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/os_beos.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_beos.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/os_dos.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_dos.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_dos.txt*    For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Mar 30
+*os_dos.txt*    For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2006 Mar 30


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/os_mac.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_mac.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_mac.txt*    For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Apr 30
+*os_mac.txt*    For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2006 Apr 30


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar et al.
--- a/runtime/doc/os_mint.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_mint.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_mint.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_mint.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Jens M. Felderhoff
--- a/runtime/doc/os_msdos.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_msdos.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_msdos.txt*  For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_msdos.txt*  For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/os_os2.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_os2.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_os2.txt*    For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 Apr 22
+*os_os2.txt*    For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2007 Apr 22


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Slootman
--- a/runtime/doc/os_qnx.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_qnx.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_qnx.txt*    For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_qnx.txt*    For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Julian Kinraid
--- a/runtime/doc/os_risc.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_risc.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_risc.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_risc.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Thomas Leonard
--- a/runtime/doc/os_unix.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_unix.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_unix.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_unix.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/os_vms.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_vms.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Nov 18
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2006 Nov 18


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
--- a/runtime/doc/os_win32.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_win32.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 Apr 22
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 May 02


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ A. When using :! to run an external command, you can run it with "start": >
 	:!start winfile.exe<CR>
 <  Using "start" stops Vim switching to another screen, opening a new console,
   or waiting for the program to complete; it indicates that you are running a
-   program that does not effect the files you are editing.  Programs begun
+   program that does not affect the files you are editing.  Programs begun
   with :!start do not get passed Vim's open file handles, which means they do
   not have to be closed before Vim.
   To avoid this special treatment, use ":! start".
--- a/runtime/doc/pattern.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pattern.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ CTRL-C			Interrupt current (search) command.  Use CTRL-Break on
 			This command doesn't work in an autocommand, because
 			the highlighting state is saved and restored when
 			executing autocommands |autocmd-searchpat|.
+			Same thing for when invoking a user function.

 While typing the search pattern the current match will be shown if the
 'incsearch' option is on.  Remember that you still have to finish the search
@@ -497,8 +498,8 @@ Character classes {not in Vi}:				*/character-classes*
 |/[]|	[]	\[]	any character specified inside the []
 |/\%[]| \%[]	\%[]	a sequence of optionally matched atoms

-|/\c|	\c	\c	ignore case
-|/\C|	\C	\C	match case
+|/\c|	\c	\c	ignore case, do not use the 'ignorecase' option
+|/\C|	\C	\C	match case, do not use the 'ignorecase' option
 |/\m|	\m	\m	'magic' on for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\M|	\M	\M	'magic' off for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\v|	\v	\v	the following chars in the pattern are "very magic"
@@ -596,9 +597,9 @@ overview.

 	Example			matches ~
 	ab\{2,3}c		"abbc" or "abbbc"
-	a\{5}			"aaaaa".
-	ab\{2,}c		"abbc", "abbbc", "abbbbc", etc
-	ab\{,3}c		"ac", "abc", "abbc" or "abbbc".
+	a\{5}			"aaaaa"
+	ab\{2,}c		"abbc", "abbbc", "abbbbc", etc.
+	ab\{,3}c		"ac", "abc", "abbc" or "abbbc"
 	a[bc]\{3}d		"abbbd", "abbcd", "acbcd", "acccd", etc.
 	a\(bc\)\{1,2}d		"abcd" or "abcbcd"
 	a[bc]\{-}[cd]		"abc" in "abcd"
@@ -681,11 +682,11 @@ overview.
 	for a match).
 	Example			matches ~
 	\(foo\)\@<!bar		any "bar" that's not in "foobar"
-	\(\/\/.*\)\@\<!in	"in" which is not after "//"
+	\(\/\/.*\)\@<!in	"in" which is not after "//"

 							*/\@>*
 \@>	Matches the preceding atom like matching a whole pattern. {not in Vi}
-	Like '(?>pattern)" in Perl.
+	Like "(?>pattern)" in Perl.
 	Example		matches ~
 	\(a*\)\@>a	nothing (the "a*" takes all the "a"'s, there can't be
 			another one following)
@@ -720,7 +721,7 @@ An ordinary atom can be:
 			start-of-line

 							*/$*
-$	At end of pattern or in front of "\|" or "\)" ("|" or ")" after "\v"):
+$	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	matches end-of-line <EOL>; at other positions, matches literal '$'.
 	|/zero-width|

@@ -870,7 +871,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|" or "\)" ("|" or ")" after "\v"):
 	WARNING: When inserting or deleting text Vim does not automatically
 	update highlighted matches.  This means Syntax highlighting quickly
 	becomes wrong.
-	Example, to highlight the all characters after virtual column 72: >
+	Example, to highlight all the characters after virtual column 72: >
 		/\%>72v.*
 <	When 'hlsearch' is set and you move the cursor around and make changes
 	this will clearly show when the match is updated or not.
@@ -1071,6 +1072,9 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 <	Matches the words "r", "re", "ro", "rea", "roa", "read" and "road".
 	There can be no \(\), \%(\) or \z(\) items inside the [] and \%[] does
 	not nest.
+	To include a "[" use "[[]" and for "]" use []]", e.g.,: >
+		/index\%[[[]0[]]]
+<	matches "index" "index[", "index[0" and "index[0]".
 	{not available when compiled without the +syntax feature}

 				*/\%d* */\%x* */\%o* */\%u* */\%U* *E678*
@@ -1225,11 +1229,14 @@ Finally, these constructs are unique to Perl:
 		'ignorecase' does not apply, use |/\c| in the pattern to
 		ignore case.  Otherwise case is not ignored.

+		'redrawtime' defines the maximum time searched for pattern
+		matches.
+
 		When matching end-of-line and Vim redraws only part of the
 		display you may get unexpected results.  That is because Vim
 		looks for a match in the line where redrawing starts.

-		Also see |matcharg()|and |getmatches()|. The former returns
+		Also see |matcharg()| and |getmatches()|. The former returns
 		the highlight group and pattern of a previous |:match|
 		command.  The latter returns a list with highlight groups and
 		patterns defined by both |matchadd()| and |:match|.
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 08
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jan 07
 >
 		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 <
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ insures that GetLatestVimScripts will assume that the script it has is
 out-of-date.

 The SourceID is extracted by GetLatestVimScripts from the script's page on
-vim.sf.net; whenever it's greater than the one stored in the
+vim.sf.net; whenever its greater than the one stored in the
 GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, the script will be downloaded
 (see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|).

@@ -335,6 +335,12 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 ==============================================================================
 9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1

+v29 Jan 07, 2008 : * Bram M pointed out that cpo is a global option and that
+                     getscriptPlugin.vim was setting it but not restoring it.
+v28 Jan 02, 2008 : * improved shell quoting character handling, cygwin
+		     interface, register-a bypass
+    Oct 29, 2007   * Bill McCarthy suggested a change to getscript that avoids
+                     creating pop-up windows
 v24 Apr 16, 2007 : * removed save&restore of the fo option during script
                     loading
 v23 Nov 03, 2006 : * ignores comments (#...)
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_gzip.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_gzip.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_gzip.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2002 Oct 29
+*pi_gzip.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2002 Oct 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_paren.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_paren.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_paren.txt*  For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Jun 14
+*pi_paren.txt*  For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 16


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ You can avoid loading this plugin by setting the "loaded_matchparen" variable: >
 The plugin installs CursorMoved, CursorMovedI and WinEnter autocommands to
 redefine the match highlighting.

+					*:NoMatchParen* *:DoMatchParen*
 To disable the plugin after it was loaded use this command: >

 	:NoMatchParen
@@ -46,5 +47,11 @@ are:
 - 'synmaxcol' times 2 bytes before or after the cursor to avoid a delay
  in a long line with syntax highlighting.

+
+If you would like the |%| command to work better, the matchit plugin can be
+used, see |matchit-install|.  This plugin also helps to skip matches in
+comments.  This is unrelated to the matchparen highlighting, they use a
+different mechanism.
+
 ==============================================================================
 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_spec.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_spec.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_spec.txt*   For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24
+*pi_spec.txt*   For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24

 by Gustavo Niemeyer ~

--- a/runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2006 Sep 29
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 12

-       	       	       +====================+
-       	       	       | Tar File Interface |
-       	       	       +====================+
+		       +====================+
+		       | Tar File Interface |
+		       +====================+

 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
-	   tarPlugin.vim, and pi_tar.txt.
+Copyright 2005-2008: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
+	   tar.vim, tarPlugin.vim, and pi_tar.txt.
 	   No warranty, express or implied.  Use At-Your-Own-Risk.

 ==============================================================================
@@ -36,32 +36,42 @@ Copyright: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
   *g:tar_browseoptions*  "Ptf"   used to get a list of contents
   *g:tar_readoptions*    "OPxf"  used to extract a file from a tarball
   *g:tar_cmd*            "tar"   the name of the tar program
+   *g:tar_nomax*            0     if true, file window will not be maximized
   *g:tar_writeoptions*   "uf"    used to update/replace a file


 ==============================================================================
 4. History						*tar-history*

+   v16 Jun 06, 2008 * tarfile:: used instead of tarfile: when editing files
+		      inside tarballs.  Fixes a problem with tarballs called
+		      things like c:\abc.tar. (tnx to Bill McCarthy)
+   v14 May 09, 2008 * arno caught a security bug
+       May 28, 2008 * various security improvements.  Now requires patch 299
+		      which provides the fnameescape() function
+       May 30, 2008 * allows one to view *.gz and *.bz2 files that are in
+		    *.tar files.
+   v12 Sep 07, 2007 * &shq now used if not the empty string for g:tar_shq
   v10 May 02, 2006 * now using "redraw then echo" to show messages, instead
-                      of "echo and prompt user"
+		      of "echo and prompt user"
   v9 May 02, 2006 * improved detection of masquerading as tar file
   v8 May 02, 2006 * allows editing of files that merely masquerade as tar
-                     files
+		     files
   v7 Mar 22, 2006 * work on making tar plugin work across network
      Mar 27, 2006 * g:tar_cmd now available for users to change the name
-                     of the tar program to be used.  By default, of course,
-		     its "tar".
+		     of the tar program to be used.  By default, of course,
+		     it's "tar".
   v6 Dec 21, 2005 * writing to files not in directories caused problems -
-                     fixed (pointed out by Christian Robinson)
+		     fixed (pointed out by Christian Robinson)
   v5 Nov 22, 2005 * report option workaround installed
   v3 Sep 16, 2005 * handles writing files in an archive back to the
-                     archive
+		     archive
      Oct 18, 2005 * <amatch> used instead of <afile> in autocmds
      Oct 18, 2005 * handles writing to compressed archives
      Nov 03, 2005 * handles writing tarfiles across a network using
-                     netrw#NetWrite()
+		     netrw#NetWrite()
   v2              * converted to use Vim7's new autoload feature by
-                     Bram Moolenaar
+		     Bram Moolenaar
   v1 (original)   * Michael Toren (see http://michael.toren.net/code/)

 ==============================================================================
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 05

 			       ----------------
 			       Vimball Archiver
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@

 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2008 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
 	   The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 	   (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
 	   No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -16,21 +16,51 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
 1. Contents				*vba* *vimball* *vimball-contents*

 	1. Contents......................................: |vimball-contents|
-	2. Vimball Manual................................: |vimball-manual|
+	3. Vimball Manual................................: |vimball-manual|
 	   MkVimball.....................................: |:MkVimball|
 	   UseVimball....................................: |:UseVimball|
 	   RmVimball.....................................: |:RmVimball|
-	3. Vimball History...............................: |vimball-history|
+	4. Vimball History...............................: |vimball-history|


 ==============================================================================
-2. Vimball Manual					*vimball-manual*
+2. Vimball Introduction						*vimball-intro*
+
+	Vimball is intended to make life simpler for users of plugins.  All
+	a user needs to do with a vimball is: >
+		vim someplugin.vba
+		:so %
+		:q
+<	and the plugin and all its components will be installed into their
+	appropriate directories.  Note that one doesn't need to be in any
+	particular directory when one does this.  Plus, any help for the
+	plugin will also be automatically installed.
+
+	If a user has decided to use the AsNeeded plugin, vimball is smart
+	enough to put scripts nominally intended for .vim/plugin/ into
+	.vim/AsNeeded/ instead.
+
+	Removing a plugin that was installed with vimball is really easy: >
+		vim
+		:RmVimball someplugin
+<	This operation is not at all easy for zips and tarballs, for example.
+
+	Vimball examines the user's |'runtimepath'| to determine where to put
+	the scripts.  The first directory mentioned on the runtimepath is
+	usually used if possible.  Use >
+		:echo &rtp
+<	to see that directory.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Vimball Manual					*vimball-manual*

 							*:MkVimball*
 		:[range]MkVimball[!] filename [path]

 	The range is composed of lines holding paths to files to be included
-	in your new vimball.  As an example: >
+	in your new vimball, omitting the portion of the paths that is
+	normally specified by the runtimepath (|'rtp'|).  As an example: >
 		plugin/something.vim
 		doc/something.txt
 <	using >
@@ -44,14 +74,34 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
 	directory.  The vimball plugin normally uses the first |'runtimepath'|
 	directory that exists as a prefix; don't use absolute paths, unless
 	the user has specified such a path.
-							*g:vimball_home*
-	You may override the use of the |'runtimepath'| by specifying a
-	variable, g:vimball_home.

 	If you use the exclamation point (!), then MkVimball will create the
 	"filename.vba" file, overwriting it if it already exists.  This
 	behavior resembles that for |:w|.

+							*g:vimball_mkdir*
+	First, the |mkdir()| command is tried (not all systems support it).
+
+	If it doesn't exist, then g:vimball_mkdir doesn't exist, it is set to:
+	  |g:netrw_local_mkdir|, if it exists
+	   "mkdir", if it is executable
+	   "makedir", if it is executable
+	   Otherwise, it is undefined.
+	One may explicitly specify the directory making command using
+	g:vimball_mkdir.  This command is used to make directories that
+	are needed as indicated by the vimball.
+
+							*g:vimball_home*
+	You may override the use of the |'runtimepath'| by specifying a
+	variable, g:vimball_home.
+
+	Path Preprocessing				*g:vimball_path_escape*
+
+	Paths used in vimball are preprocessed by s:Path(); in addition,
+	certain characters are escaped (by prepending a backslash).  The
+	characters are in g:vimball_path_escape, and may be overridden by
+	the user in his/her .vimrc initialization script.
+
 							*vimball-extract*
 		vim filename.vba

@@ -88,8 +138,21 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*


 ==============================================================================
-3. Vimball History					*vimball-history* {{{1
+4. Vimball History					*vimball-history* {{{1

+	26 : May 27, 2008 * g:vimball_mkdir usage installed.  Makes the
+	                    $HOME/.vim (or $HOME\vimfiles) directory if
+			    necessary.
+	     May 30, 2008 * (tnx to Bill McCarthy) found and fixed a bug:
+			    vimball wasn't updating plugins to AsNeeded/
+			    when it should
+	25 : Mar 24, 2008 * changed vimball#Vimball() to recognize doc/*.??x
+			    files as help files, too.
+	     Apr 18, 2008 * RmVimball command is now protected by saving and
+	                    restoring settings -- in particular, acd was
+			    causing problems as reported by Zhang Shuhan
+	24 : Nov 15, 2007 * |g:vimball_path_escape| used by s:Path() to
+	                    prevent certain characters from causing trouble
 	22 : Mar 21, 2007 * uses setlocal instead of set during BufEnter
 	21 : Nov 27, 2006 * (tnx to Bill McCarthy) vimball had a header
 	                    handling problem and it now changes \s to /s
@@ -101,7 +164,7 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
 			    will extract plugin/somefile to the AsNeeded/
 			    directory
 	17 : Jun 28, 2006 * changes all \s to /s internally for Windows
-	16 : Jun 15, 2006 * A. Mechelynck's idea to allow users to specify
+	16 : Jun 15, 2006 * A. Mechylynck's idea to allow users to specify
 			    installation root paths implemented for
 			    UseVimball, MkVimball, and RmVimball.
 			  * RmVimball implemented
@@ -115,7 +178,7 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
 	10 : Apr 27, 2006 * moved all setting saving/restoration to a pair of
 			    functions.  Included some more settings in them
 			    which frequently cause trouble.
-	9  : Apr 26, 2006 * various changes to support Windows predilection
+	9  : Apr 26, 2006 * various changes to support Windows' predilection
 			    for backslashes and spaces in file and directory
 			    names.
 	7  : Apr 25, 2006 * bypasses foldenable
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Jun 12

 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@

 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005,2006 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
           Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 	   with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 	   notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -33,7 +33,13 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005,2006 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
   zip archives via the plugin.

   OPTIONS
-							*zip_shq*
+
+   							*g:zip_nomax*
+
+   If this variable exists and is true, the file window will not be
+   automatically maximized when opened.
+
+							*g:zip_shq*
   Different operating systems may use one or more shells to execute
   commands.  Zip will try to guess the correct quoting mechanism to
   allow spaces and whatnot in filenames; however, if it is incorrectly
@@ -45,12 +51,12 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005,2006 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*

   							*g:zip_unzipcmd*
   Use this option to specify the program which does the duty of "unzip".
-   Its used during browsing. By default: >
+   It's used during browsing. By default: >
   	let g:zip_unzipcmd= "unzip"
 <
 							*g:zip_zipcmd*
   Use this option to specify the program which does the duty of "zip".
-   Its used during the writing (updating) of a file already in a zip
+   It's used during the writing (updating) of a file already in a zip
   file; by default: >
   	let g:zip_zipcmd= "zip"
 <
@@ -64,11 +70,13 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005,2006 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*

 	au BufReadCmd *.jar,*.xpi call zip#Browse(expand("<amatch>"))
 <
-   One can simply extend this line to accommodate additional extensions that
-   are actually zip files.
+   One simply can extend this line to accomodate additional extensions that
+   should be treated as zip files.

 ==============================================================================
 4. History					*zip-history* {{{1
+   v17 May 09, 2008 * arno caught a security bug
+   v15 Sep 07, 2007 * &shq now used if not the empty string for g:zip_shq
   v14 May 07, 2007 * using b:zipfile instead of w:zipfile to avoid problem
                      when editing alternate file to bring up a zipfile
   v10 May 02, 2006 * now using "redraw then echo" to show messages, instead
--- a/runtime/doc/print.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/print.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*print.txt*     For Vim version 7.1.  Last change: 2007 Apr 22
+*print.txt*     For Vim version 7.2a.  Last change: 2008 Apr 30


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@ systems a PostScript file is produced.  This can be directly sent to a
 PostScript printer.  For other printers a program like ghostscript needs to be
 used.

+Note: If you have problems printing with |:hardcopy|, an alternative is to use
+|:TOhtml| and print the resulting html file from a browser.
+
 					*:ha* *:hardcopy* *E237* *E238* *E324*
 :[range]ha[rdcopy][!] [arguments]
 			Send [range] lines (default whole file) to the
@@ -193,7 +196,8 @@ the font.  When omitted, the point size is 10.
 This defines the format of the header produced in |:hardcopy| output.  The
 option is defined in the same way as the 'statusline' option.  If Vim has not
 been compiled with the |+statusline| feature, this option has no effect and a
-simple default header is used, which shows the page number.
+simple default header is used, which shows the page number.  The same simple
+header is used when this option is empty.

 							*pmbcs-option*
 'printmbcharset' 'pmbcs'  string (default "")
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More
Author	SHA1	Message	Date
Bram Moolenaar	8c8de83932	updated for version 7.2a	2008-06-24 22:58:06 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	864207de08	updated for version 7.2a	2008-06-24 22:14:38 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	c1a11ed54c	updated for version 7.2a	2008-06-24 22:09:24 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	446cb837a0	updated for version 7.2a	2008-06-24 21:56:24 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	3577c6fafb	updated for version 7.2a	2008-06-24 21:16:56 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	a7241f5f19	updated for version 7.2a	2008-06-24 20:39:31 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	f233048a12	updated for version 7.2a	2008-06-24 20:19:36 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	176dd1e03c	updated for version 7.1-330	2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	88f3d3a267	updated for version 7.1-329	2008-06-21 12:14:30 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	bf820723f5	updated for version 7.1-328	2008-06-21 11:12:49 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	b64bb6e3a5	updated for version 7.1-327	2008-06-20 19:29:35 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	196b3b09ad	updated for version 7.1-326	2008-06-20 16:51:41 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	f982106440	updated for version 7.1-325	2008-06-20 16:31:07 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	38f12a9e2b	updated for version 7.1-324	2008-06-20 16:07:02 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	ba79b4e389	updated for version 7.1-323	2008-06-20 15:53:31 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	9ecd023206	updated for version 7.1-322	2008-06-20 15:31:51 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	98385dc027	updated for version 7.1-321	2008-06-20 14:52:32 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	e7cb9cf672	updated for version 7.1-320	2008-06-20 14:32:41 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	48be32b61e	updated for version 7.1-319	2008-06-20 10:56:16 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	e82080179b	updated for version 7.1-318	2008-06-20 09:59:25 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	4678465a4b	updated for version 7.1-317	2008-06-20 09:40:11 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	7c94c26fb2	updated for version 7.1-316	2008-06-20 09:11:34 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	fde483c865	updated for version 7.1-315	2008-06-15 12:21:50 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	7d96acd66b	updated for version 7.1-314	2008-06-09 15:07:54 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	ff064e1698	updated for version 7.1-313	2008-06-09 13:10:45 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	595f51cb22	updated for version 7.1-312	2008-06-09 12:46:00 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	847abc2747	updated for version 7.1-311	2008-06-04 19:35:35 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	f453d35dbe	updated for version 7.1-310	2008-06-04 17:37:34 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	c4ea3f46e8	updated for version 7.1-309	2008-06-04 13:28:18 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	63ce8c03d6	updated for version 7.1-308	2008-06-04 12:29:14 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	2c45e945a3	updated for version 7.1-307	2008-06-04 11:35:26 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	bbb7972f6c	updated for version 7.1-306	2008-06-04 09:00:32 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	c24dca26ac	updated for version 7.1-305	2008-05-29 20:41:57 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	bcebfb6925	updated for version 7.1-304	2008-05-29 19:47:13 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	59fb5aaacb	updated for version 7.1-303	2008-05-29 13:36:10 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	0356c8c90e	updated for version 7.1-302	2008-05-28 20:02:48 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	497683bc34	updated for version 7.1-301	2008-05-28 17:02:46 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	a6b1a7e182	updated for version 7.1-300	2008-05-28 15:32:20 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	aebaf89fd4	updated for version 7.1-299	2008-05-28 14:49:58 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	7a98925587	updated for version 7.1-298	2008-05-10 19:39:08 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	ec80df74ac	updated for version 7.1-297	2008-05-07 19:46:51 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	588ebeb7a5	updated for version 7.1-296	2008-05-07 17:09:24 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	2b57078d73	updated for version 7.1-295	2008-05-07 15:40:33 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	a9aafe5c31	updated for version 7.1-294	2008-05-07 11:10:28 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	7a91a4a12e	updated for version 7.1-293	2008-04-09 13:49:57 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	34cbfdf8f8	updated for version 7.1-292	2008-04-09 10:16:02 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	91519e4d6b	updated for version 7.1-291	2008-04-01 18:59:07 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	6a5d2ac1d0	updated for version 7.1-290	2008-04-01 15:14:36 +00:00
Bram Moolenaar	2a32974646	updated for version 7.1-289	2008-04-01 12:53:43 +00:00